VOL. - I : BIDDING DOCUMENT ISBT Tezpur. · ISBT Tezpur 28.63 cores 36 months 57.26 lacs 10000.00 I...

0 | P a g e

ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION

PACKAGE NO. : 1

BID VALUE :28.63 cores

VOL. - I : BIDDING DOCUMENT

NAME OF WORK: ISBT Tezpur.

OFFICE OF THE MANAGING DIRECTOR


PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR

Guwahati – 781008

1 | P a g e

ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR

Guwahati – 781008. **************

AGREEMENT NO.________________________________________________________________

LOCAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING

NAME OF THE WORK :- ISBT Tezpur Download of Tender through

website

:- www.astcassam.gov.in and www.assamtenders.gov.in

Time and date of Pre-Bid meeting :- NA

Online Bid Preparation

:- 04/07/2018 10AM to 23/07/2018 3PM

Last date & time of manual

submission of hard copy of

Technical Bid

:- 23/07/2018 3.00PM

Technical Bid opening :- 23/07/2018 4.00PM onwards

For Queries :- [email protected]

Place of opening bids :- OFFICE OF THE MANAGING DIRECTOR, ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION LTD.

PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR,

GUWAHATI- 781008. ASSAM

Officer inviting bids :- MANAGING DIRECTOR, ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION LTD.

PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR,

GUWAHATI- 781008. ASSAM

Sd/-

Managing Director,

Assam State Transport Corporation

Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8.

2 | P a g e

Memo No: ASTC/CE/2015/123/0317-A Date:03/07/2018

Copy to:

1. P.S to Commissioner Secretary for appraisal

2. Joint Secretary Transport Department for information

3. NIC for information and necessary publication of the RFP in the Assam Tenders

4. DIPRO for publication of RFP in popular news paper, one in English and one in local

language

5. Secretary to M.D, ASTC, Guwahati for information

6. Office copy

Sd/-

Managing Director,



3 | P a g e

Section -1


PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR

Guwahati – 781008. **************

No. ASTC/CE/2015/123/0317 Date: 03.07.2018

DETAIL NOTICE INVITING BID (QCBS)

1)Managing Director, Assam.State Transport Corporation, Paltanbazar, Guwahati – 8 invite

Fresh Bids for the following works from the contractor registered under ASTC,APWD, CPWD and other state

and central organisation etcin appropriate category having experience in similar nature of works. Details of the

Fresh Bid may be seen at e-procurement portal www.assamtenders.gov.in and ASTC portal

www.astcassam.gov.in and also in the office of the undersigned during office hours .

The bidders must be enrolled in www.assamtenders.gov.in.

Sl.

No State/

package Name of work Approx. value

of work

(In Rs.)

Time of

completio

n

Bid

security

(In Rs.)

Cost of Bid

Document

(In Rs.)

Class of

Bidder

1 Assam

ISBT Tezpur 28.63 cores 36 months 57.26 lacs 10000.00 I

2)Contractors / Firms / Private Limited Company registered with ASTC,APWD, CPWD and

other state and central organisation etc. with up-to-date registration certificate, having experience in similar

nature of works with the E-tendering system provider for participating in the bidding process. The Bidding

document may be downloaded through the www.assamtenders.gov.in by using their own user ID.

3) Online submission of Technical and Financial Bid are mandatory. Manual submission

(without online submission) of bid will be considered as non-responsive. Bidders are to submit the required

papers for technical bid by scanning and uploading the same before the expiry of the sequence “Tender

Download” in the activity schedule mentioned below at Sl.6.

4) The bidder shall submit the cost of the bid in the form of Demand Draft / Bankers cheque

of any nationalized Bank in favour of Managing Director,.AssamState Transport Corporation Payable at

Guwahati. Bidders submitting DD / Bankers cheque as cost of bid shall upload the scanned images of the

same with the technical bid.

5) The Bid security shall be in favour of Managing Director, Assam State Transport

Corporationwith validity 225 days from the date of submission of Bid in one of the following forms :

4 | P a g e

a) Bank Guarantee from any Nationalized / Scheduled Indian Bank in favour of the

Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation(A written confirmation in

the Bank’s letter head confirming the authenticity of the Guarantee shall be

furnished along with the Guarantee).

b) Fixed Deposit Receipt issued by any Nationalized / Schedule Indian Bank

acceptable to the employer.

6) The activity schedule for tendering process of the above mentioned packages shall be as

per the schedule shown below :-

Sl.No. Schedule Start Date Start Time End Date End Time

1 Publishing Date 04/07/2018 10:00 A.M 23/07/2018 3:00 P.M

2 Bid Download 04/07/2018 10:00 A.M 23/07/2018 12:00

3 Pre Bid meeting

date

NA NA NA NA

4 Bid submission date 04/07/2018 10:00 A.M 23/07/2018 3:00 P.M

5 Technical Bid opening date

23/07/2018 4.00PM onwards

3:00 P.M

6 Financial Bid opening date

7

Tender Committee Meeting

23/07/2018

8 Letter of Acceptance Within 3 days after

Tender Committee

---

---

---

9 Final Work Order After signing /

Acceptance of the

Tender Agreement

---

---

---

10 Work started Within 7 days after

Final Work Order

---

---

---

7)A pre-bid meeting will be held on XXXX at XXXX at the office of the Managing Director,

AssamState Transport Corporation,Paltanbazar, Guwahati – 8, to clarify the issues and to answer

questions on any matter that may be raised.

8)Prospective bidders should inspect the site and details of the Project at any suitable date

before submission of Bid, with due permission of the Managing Director, Assam State Transport

Corporation

9) Original copy of the following documents must be submitted on 23/07/2018upto 3:00 PM

at the office chamber of the undersigned.

a) Power of Attorney for signing the Bid.

b) Bid securities in the form of Original Bank Guarantee / FDR.

c) Cost of Bid document in the form of original DD / BC.

d) Original copy of Banker Certificate for Credit facility.

10) A hard copy of the technical bid submitted online is to be submitted on 23/07/2018 upto 3:00

PM for evaluation purpose. For any discrepancy between the online bid and the hard copy of the bid, the

online bid will govern and will be considered for evaluation.

11) Bidders are advised to scan their Technical papers at 100 dpi (In Black & White mode) in

pdf format for multiple pages with maximum file size of 5MB. If numbers of pages exceeds, the bidders are

advised to create multiple files and upload the same in “Upload Additional Document” stage.

5 | P a g e

12)Bidders Minimum Qualification Criteria to participate in the bid process:

a)

Experience of having successfully completed similar works during last 5 years ending

last day of month previous to the one in which Bids are invited should be either of the

following-

Three similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the

Bid value.

Or

Two similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of the

Bid value.

Or

One similar completed work costing not less than the amount equal to 80% of

the Bid value

(Completion certificate in respect of claim must be attached)

b) The bidder must be a profit making one for the last five years.

c) The bidder should possess valid electrical registration of Assam State Transport

Corporationor valid license from competent authority for executing

electrification works of the project and should have executed similar electrical

works. In case the bidder is not in possession of such registration, the bidder

must enter into a collaboration / tie up arrangement with such registration holder

having requisite experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along

with the bid.

d) The bidder should possess valid license for executing anti-termite works. In case

the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into a

collaboration / tip up arrangement with such license holder having requisite

experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along with the bid.

e) The bidder should possess valid license for executing Fire Fighting works. In

case the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into a

collaboration / tie up arrangement with such license holder having requisite


f)The bidder must demonstrate assured ownership of RMC plant with concrete pump and transit

mixture.

13)Bidders should quote rates inclusive of the latest Govt. order / circular / notification on GST.

14)The Managing Director,ASTC., reserves the rights to cancel any Bid or all the Bids submitted by

Bidders without assigning any reason.

15) Bidders who do not fulfill the requirements need not participate in the Bid process.

Sd/-

Managing Director,



6 | P a g e

Memo No:ASTC/CE/2015/123/0317-A Date: 03.07.2018

Copy to:

1.P.S to Commissioner Secretary for appraisal

2. Joint Secretary Transport Department for information

3. NIC for information and necessary publication of the RFP in the Assam Tender

4. DIPRO for publication of RFP in popular news paper,one in English and one in local

language

5.Secretary to M.D, ASTC, Guwahati for information

6.Office copy

Sd/-

Managing Director,



7 | P a g e

Section -2

SL.No. Scope of work

1 ISBT BUILDING CIVIL WORKS

2 COMMERCIAL BUILDING CIVIL WORKS

3 INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS

4 EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS

5 SANITARY INSTALLATION WOEKS

6 WATERSUPPLY WORKS

7 STP & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM

8 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

9 Fire fighting works

10 SITE DEVELOPMENT , APPROACH ROAD AND CARPARKING

11 LANDSCAPING WORKS.

12 MAIN GATE

13 COMPOUND WALL

14 SCULPTURE

8 | P a g e

GENERAL

1. Scope of Bid

1.1 The Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation., Paltanbazar,

Guwahati-8 invites bids for the work : ISBT Tezpur .The Bidder may submit the

bid for the work details of which is given in the bidding document.

1.2 The successful Bidder will be expected to complete the work by the intended

completion date specified in the Bidding document.

1.3 Throughout this bidding document, the terms ‘bid’ and ‘tender’ and their

derivatives (bidder/tenderer, bid/tender, bidding / tendering etc.) are

synonymous.

1.4 Bid amount :-Rs 28.63 Coresonly.

2. Source of funds

2.1 Govt. of Assam

3. Eligible Bidders

3.1 This Invitation for Bids is open to all bidders registered under ASTC,APWD, CPWD

and other state and central organisation etc. and registered with e-tendering system

provider as mentioned in bidding document and also qualify qualification

Criteria.

4. Qualification of the Bidder

4.1 All bidders shall provide Qualification Information, Preliminary description of

the proposed work method and schedule, (including drawings and charts where

necessary). The proposed methodology should include programme of

construction backed with equipment planning and development duly supported

with broad calculations and quality assurance procedures proposed to be adopted

justifying their capability of execution and completion of work as per technical

specifications, within stipulated period of completion.

A Quality Assurance Manual (QAM) including but not limited to policy

statement, project organisation (Flow Chart) Project Organization (Duties and

Responsibilities), Project Control and Administration, Document control,

Control of Materials, Methodology and working, Test and Inspection Plan,

Calibration.

Non Conformity and Corrective Actions, Quality Audits and Safety should also

accompany the bid.

4.2 All bidders shall include the following information and documents with their

bids.

i) Copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status, place of

registration and principal place of business; written power of attorney of the

signatory of the Bid to commit the bidder.

ii) Total monetary value of construction work performed during each of the last

five years. Photographic proof of work along with documentary proof must be

submitted.

iii) Experience in works of a similar nature preferably (Construction of bus

Terminals) and size for each of the last five years and detail of works underway

9 | P a g e

or contractually committed; and clients who may be contacted for further

information on those contracts.

iv)

Major items of construction equipment proposed to carry out the contract.

With proof of ownership , The bidder must demonstrate assured ownership of RMC

plant with concrete pump and transit mixture.

v) Qualifications and experience of key site management and technical personnel

proposed for contract.

vi) Reports on the financial standing of the Bidder, such as profit and loss

statements and auditors reports for the past five years.

vii) Evidence of access to line (s) of credit and availability of other financial

Resources facilities (10% of contract value), certified by the Bankers (Not more

than 3 months old).

viii) Authority to seek references from the Bidder’s Bankers.

ix) Information regarding any litigation, current or during the last five years in

which the Bidder is involved, the parties concerned and disputed amount.

x) The proposed methodology and program of construction, backed with

equipment planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and

quality control procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of

execution and completion of the work as per Technical Specification within the

stipulated period of completion milestones.

xi) All the additional safety/ protection measures to be taken by the contractor

during the construction period as per prevailing guidelines of local Municipal

Corporation / Municipal Board / Town Committee and Declaration of safety of

State / Nation, Quality Assurance and Quality control, Safety at site, Health

safety & environment policy.

4.3 A. To qualify for award of the contract, each bidder in its name should have as

follows :

a) Achieved an average financial turnover (defined as a billing for works in

progress and completed in all classes of civil engineering construction works

only) over the last 3 years of should not be lest 30% of Bid value.

b) The bidder must be a profit making one for the last five years.

c) The bidder should possess valid electrical registration of Assam State Transport

Corporationor valid license from competent authority for executing

electrification works of the project and should have executed similar electrical

works. In case the bidder is not in possession of such registration, the bidder

must enter into collaboration / tie up arrangement with such registration holder

having requisite experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along

with the bid.

d) The bidder should possess valid license for executing anti-termite works. In case

the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into

collaboration / tip up arrangement with such license holder having requisite


e) The bidder should possess valid license for executing Fire Fighting works. In

case the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into

10 | P a g e

collaboration / tie up arrangement with such license holder having requisite


f)The bidder must demonstrate assured ownership of RMC plant with concrete

pump and transit mixture.

B. Each Bidder should demonstrate :

a) Availability (either owned or leased) of the key and critical equipment for this

work :

Based on the studies, carried out by the Engineer the minimum suggested major

equipment to attain the completion of works in accordance with the prescribed

construction schedule.

The bidders should, however, undertake their own studies and furnish with their

bid, a detailed construction planning and methodology supported with layout

and necessary drawings and calculations above to facilitate the Managing

Director, Assam State Transport Corporation Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8 to review

their proposals. The numbers, types and capacities of each plant/equipment shall

be shown in the proposals along with the cycle time for each operation for the

given production capacity to match the requirements.

b) Availability for this work of personnel with adequate experience as required;

c) Liquid assets and / credit facilities of not less than amount indicated in Bidding

document.

(Credit lines/letter of credit/certificate from Banks for meeting the funds

requirement etc.)

C. To Qualify for the package of contracts made up of this contract for which bids

are invited in the Bid, the bidder must demonstrate having experience and

resources sufficiently to meet of the qualifying criteria for the contracts.

11 | P a g e

TERMS AND CONDITIONS(TOR):-

1. PAN number along with GST number should be mentioned clearly, otherwise bid will be

rejected.

2. Rate should be quoted inclusive of all applicable taxes.(including G.S.T)

3. The construction work is to be done to the full satisfaction of the designated official of

ASTC and the Project Management Consultant.

4. All tools and plants are to be arranged by the contractor himself.

5. Construction materials mentioned in the specification of items of ISI/ISS (BIS)/REC

approved will have to be supplied /installed by the contractor at site in conformity to the

specification and satisfaction to the Engineer In-charge. Sub standard materials will not be

allowed to be used in any circumstances.

6. Curing of construction shall be done properly and the water required shall have to be

arranged by the contractor.

7. No extra payment for carrying of materials will be allowed from the Organization.

8. All work must be completed within 36(Thirty six) monthsunless otherwise stated.

9. Bid security/ EMD for unsuccessful bidders will be returned within 30 days from the

date of allotment of works. The EMD of successful bidder will be released when the bidder

signs the agreement and furnish the required performance bond.

10. The successful bidder has to submit the Performance Bank guarantee in approved

format of 5 % of the contract value within 14 days on receipt of Work order and valid up-

to the completion of DLP from the date of handing over or submission of Final bill

whichever is earlier.

11. The Employer shall retaining 5% from each payment due to the contractor, until completion

of the whole works. Another 5% will be retained as performance security. Out of the 10 %

retention amount, 5% will be released after completion of work and the balance 5% will be

released at the end of defects liability period.

12. The contractor will be allowed to make temporary shed at the worksite for storing goods at

their own risk and cost and will have to be cleaned within 7 days of completion of work.

13. Water and power for the construction to be arranged by the contractor with his/their

own cost which is deemed to be included in the rates. The rates are firmed and no extra

claim will be entertained till completion of the work for an y items or total contract.

14. The safety measures to be arranged by the contractor during working at site as directed

by the Engineer in charge which deemed to be included in the item rates.

15. The contractor will not be allowedto sublet the civil work to other party. In case of any

special consideration, the contractor will have to take written APPROVAL from client to

sub let any part of the work to clients approved party.

12 | P a g e

16. Estimate is prepared as per Schedule of Rates ( 2013-2014), Government of Assam,

PWD- Building ,Electrical, Sanitary and Water Supply as well as present market rates. However

the bidders have to quote the most competent rates. It is an item rate Bid.

17. The Managing Director of ASTC reserves the right to reject any Bid or accept any one without

showing any reason.

18. Any dispute what so ever, will be under the jurisdiction of Guwahati High Court, Guwahati.

19. The selected party should sign Agreement Form before issue of final work order.

20. Pre bid meeting will be held onXXXXXXX.at ASTC.

21. Bid will be valid up to 180 days from the date of submission.

22. a) A hard copy of the technical bid submitted online is to be submitted on23/07/2018 upto

3:00 P.M. for evaluation purpose in sealed cover. For any discrepancy between the online bid and

the hard copy of the bid, the online bid will govern and will be considered for evaluation.

b) Original copy of the following documents must be submitted on 23/07/2018 upto3:00 P.M. at

the office chamber of the undersigned.

i) Power of Attorney for signing the Bid.

ii) Bid securities in the form of original bank guarantee / FDR.

iii) Cost of Bid document in the form of original DD / BC.

iv) Original copy of Banker Certificate for Credit facility.

13 | P a g e

Project Location:

Location of the project is SonitpurDistrict.

Power & Water for construction shall be arranged by contractor with his own cost. The one who

is awarded the contract will be the “Contractor”. The Contractor has to carry out his work

according to General Conditions of Contract, Special Condition of Contract, Technical

Specifications, Bill of Quantities, Estimate, Drawingsand Site Plan issued by the client. The

privilege of authorship and ownership of drawings and designs of the structures remain with The

Client. The drawings and designs prepared by The Client shall be used only for the purpose

specified in this contract and all the drawings issued shall be returned to The Client on

completion of work. The Engineer authorized by Employer to represent at Site-of-work is

authorized to ask the Contractor to discontinue any work which does not meet the expected and

or specified requirements and /or work already executed, may be rejected and asked to be

removed for the same reason and to construct with contractors cost, risk and responsibility.

APPENDIX TO BID

INSTRUCTIONS TO AGENCIES

IMPORTANT DATES & INFORMATION FOR TENDER

Part-II

DATA SHEET

Tender Floating Body Assam State Transport Corporation

Tender Floating Authority

Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation,

Paltanbazar, Guwahati -8

astcassam.gov.in

Amount Details

Earnest Money Deposit Rs.57,26,000.00

Earnest Money In favor of

Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation payable at

Guwahati

Bid Processing Fee Rs.10000/

14 | P a g e

Bid Processing Fee in fovor of


Guwahati

Currency INR

Estimated Tender value 28.63 Cores

Name of the Assignment ISBT Tezpur.

Tender Dates

Last Date of BID DOCUMENT

submission 23/07/2018

Time 3:00 P.M

Place


Guwahati

Date of bid opening 23/07/2018

Time of bid opening 4.00PM onwards

Place

Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporationpayable at

Guwahati

Bid validity Period 180 days

Expected date for commencement

of consulting Assignment/job

Immediately upon award of contract

Submission of Documents

Envelop 1 Eligibility Documents

Envelop 2 Financial Proposals

Envelop 3 EMD

Envelop 4 Bid Processing Fee

Envelop 5 Outer Envelope

15 | P a g e

APPENDIX – I

Sl. No.

Items

Clause No. Remarks

1 .

Earnest money / Bid

security

As per Press Notice (QCBS)

2. Commencement of

Works

Clause No. General

41

- 7 days from the date of issue of Letter of Intent

/ Work Order whichever is earlier.

3.

Time for Completion Clause No.General 43

SP-10

As per Press Notice (QCBS)

4.

Liquidated Damage

for Delay

Clause No.General

47

SP-11

0.2 to 2 % of the Contract sum per week or part

thereof

5.

Bonus for early

Completion

Clause No. General

47-3 SP-12

0.2 to 2% of the contract sum per week or part

thereof

6.

.

Period of Defects Liability

Clause No. General 49-1

SP-14

365 days after date of certificate of completion of works

7.a

Mobilization

Advance

Clause No. General

60-2

SP-17.2.1

5% of contract sum(interest free) against in

irrevocable acceptance Bank Guarantee of

similar amount in an approved format and

submission of performance guarantee.

7.b

Recovery of

Mobilization

Advance

Clause No. General

60-2

SP-17.2.1

The mobilization advance will be recovered on

pro rata basis (@ 15% of the bill value & till full

recovery) from the second RA or after

completion of 15% of the work whichever is earlier . BG of mobilization advance can be

released after full recovery of the mobilization

advance

8 Retention Money Clause No.

SP-17.2.4

The Employer shall be retaining 5% from

each payment due to the contractor, until

completion of the whole of the works.

Another 5 % will be retained as performance

security. Out of the 10 % retention amount,

5% will be released after completion of

work and the balance 5% will be released at

the end of defects liability period .

9.a.

Period of final

measurements and

certifications by the

Engineer by the date

of receipt of

final bill of

Clause No.

SP-17.2.5

Within 60 days

16 | P a g e

contractor

9.b

Period of final

payment by the

Employer

certification by the Engineer

Clause No.

SP-17.2.5

Within 30 days

10.

Performance Bond /

Security Deposit

Clause No. General

10

5% of contract sum within a period of not more

than 14 days from the date of issue of LOI/LOA, the successful Biderer shall submit a

performance bond for due performance of the

contract for the above sum. The performance

bond will be valid right through the contract and

till the completion of DLP and to be submitted

in the form of irrevocable bank guarantee to be

submitted from an approved schedule

bank/nationalized bank in approved format. PS

will be released after 28 days from completion of DLP.

11.

Construction Power and Water

Clause No. SP-23

Power and water for construction to be arranged by the contractor at his own cost

12

Accommodation and other facilities for

Contractor staff and

labours

Clause No. SP-21

The Contractor shall arrange accommodation & other facilities for his staff and labour by himself

on the site at his own cost. On his vacating the

site after work is over the contractor should in

no way affect the nature and ecology of the site.

13 Programme Clause No.

SP-6

Within 15 days of the award of contract, the

Contractor shall submit to the engineer for

approval of programme showing the order of

procedure in which

he proposes to carry out the works.

14 Sanitation Facilities Clause No.

SP-24

Contractor has to arrange for Toilet facilities for

his labour during daytime, while working.

Proper arrangement for drainage/ disposal to be

done to maintain hygienic condition.

15. Safety Rules Clause No.

SP-33

The Contractor is required to give an

undertaking that all safety Rules &

Regulations will be followed by him as per Tender.

16.

Clearance of site on Completion

Clause No. General -33

Contractor will be required to clear the site within 2 weeks on completion of works.

17.

Variation in

Quantities

Clause No.

SP-34

The contractor will not be eligible for

any claim in any case of variation in the

quantities provided by the contractor in the

technical bid performa ( List of material)

approved by the ASTC/PMC

18.

Variation Exceeding plus minus 10%

Clause No. SP-35

Employer may renegotiate only the sum by which such limit of plus minus 10% is exceeded

19.

VAT, Service Tax

and other Taxes /GST

Clause No.

SP-19

The quoted rates shall be inclusive of all taxes,

duties, royalties, etc..

17 | P a g e

20. As Built drawing Clause No.

SP-18

The contractor shall furnish four copies

the as built and approved drawings

within two weeks after successful

Commissioning and handing over.

21 Insurances Clause No.

SP-7

The contractor shall take out following policies:

• Contractors all risk policy

• Third party liability ( as mentioned above) and

• workmen’s compensation policy

22 Cash Credit Limit - The bidder must have minimum of 10 % of cash

credit/ over draft limit.

BID EVALUATION CRITERIA:

Based on the NIT, Managing Director, ASTC will follow the following procedure for

opening of the BID:

STEP – I

After receiving the BID, on the same day Managing Director, ASTC will open the

Envelope and check the receipt of the two separate envelope inside the same duly

mentioned with envelope- I, envelope – II as mentioned in the Tender. Managing

Director, ASTC will open first the Cover- I to check the EMD& Bid Processing Fees in

the absence or default of which the Tender may get rejected.

STEP- II

Managing Director, ASTC will open the Cover- II, based on the cover- I, as opened earlier

on the same day. Managing Director, ASTC will check the documents submitted with

Cover-II, Technical bid and credential, overall and keep for scrutiny and evaluation by

Managing Director, ASTC / Evaluation Committee. After Technical evaluation on above,

Managing Director, ASTC will decide the date of opening of envelope II financial Bid

based on the evaluation Report. After opening of the financial Bid, Managing Director,

ASTC will evaluate the same to take the final decision on the same. The evaluation matrix

have attached with the Bid as guide line to the Bidders as follows:

18 | P a g e

EVALUATION PROCEDURE

At this stage , the technical bid will be opened and examined the following:

1) Genuineness of the documents submitted towards pre qualifications requirements.

2) Submission of EMD & Bid Processing fees.

3) Whether documents have been properly signed.

4) Compliance with pre qualification criteria.

Sl.No

Particular Details Max.Marks

Score Remarks

a) Financial standing as

certified by Bankers,

Audited Profit & Loss A/C

statement and Balance

Sheet, Annual turnover in

last five years, evidence of

access to adequate working capital.

2017-2018 20

2016-2017

2015-2016

2014-2015

2013-2014

b)

Experience on similar

work(s) during last 5 years with details including year

wise monetary value,

Clients, and proof of satisfactory completion of

works.

20

c) Construction Equipment

proposed to be deployed

for the project and proof of

its availability, equipment

proposed to be purchased

or leased. The bidder must

demonstrate assured

ownership of RMC plant

with concrete pump and

transit mixture.

(Annexure-I)

10

d)

Key personnel available and proposed to be

engaged for management,

and supervision of the Project, their qualifications

and experience.

(Annexure-II)

10

e) Experience in Electrical

works, Antitermite works,

Fire Fighting works.

15

19 | P a g e

f) Quality Assurance &

Quality Control,

Safety at site,

Health safety &

environment policy.

10

g) The proposed

methodology of work And programme of

construction work

12

h) Undertaking additional

safety / protection

measures to be taken by

the contractor during the

construction period as per prevailing guidelines of

Local MB / MC /

TC&Declaration of safety of State / Nation.

3

Total Marks 100

The assessment will be done on above basis. Hence Bidder must submit authenticated

information with supporting documents as above. Related to (c) & (d) full marks will be

given in case bidder satisfies requirements as per Annexure I and II.

QCBS evaluation criteria

1. Technical:-

To become eligible for short listing in the technical bid, bidder must secure at least 60

marks in aggregate. Based on highest score Technical score will be worked out.

2. Financial:-

Based on lowest quote as 100 %, the financial score in percentage will be worked out.

FINAL EVALUATION FOR SELECTION: (QCBS Evaluation):

The Final Evaluation for selection will be based on combine evaluation of Technical +

Financial score. Weightage for Technical and Financial score will be 80:20

MODE OF EVALUATION:

The Evaluation will be QCBS (Quality- Cost Based Selection) Evaluation.

Final Score: F: = 0.8XTs+0.2XFs

Ts = Technical Score

FS = Financial score

20 | P a g e

TERMS & CONDITIONS:-

PERFORMANCE SECURITY

Within 14 days from the date of issue of LOI/ LOA, the successful bidder shall deliver to

the Employer a Performance Security for due performance of the contract for an amount

equivalent to 5% of Contract Price. The Irrevocable bank guarantees to be submitted from

an approved scheduled bank/ nationalized bank in approved format. The Performance

Bond will be valid right through the contract and till the end of 28 days from defects

liability period.

MOBILIZATION ADVANCE

5% of the Contract Price on submission of Irrevocable Bank Guarantee on completion of

Mobilization.

RETENTION MONEY

The Employer shall be retaining 5% from each payment due to the contractor, until

completion of the whole of the works. Another 5 % will be retained as performance

security. Out of the 10 % retention amount, 5% will be released after completion of work

and the balance 5% will be released at the end of defects liability period .

FIRM PRICE CONTRACT

The contractor has to quote firm prices valid for the entire period of construction. No price

escalation during the contract shall be allowed on any account even for the extended

period on any reasonable ground.

21 | P a g e

Section 3:

Financial Proposal - Standard Forms

FORM FIN-1

FINANCIAL PROPOSAL SUBMISSION FORM

[Location, Date]

To: [Name and address of Employer]

Dear Sirs:

We, the undersigned, offer to provide the consulting Assignment/job for [Insert title of

Assignment/job] in accordance with your Request for Proposal dated [Insert Date] and our

Technical Proposal. Our attached Financial Proposal is for the sum of [Insert amount(s) in words

and figures1]. This amount is inclusive of the Domestic taxes.We hereby confirm that the financial

proposal is unconditional and we acknowledge that any condition attached to financial proposal

shall result in reject of our financial proposal.

Our Financial Proposal shall be binding upon us subject to the modifications resulting from

Contract negotiations, up to expiration of the validity period of the Proposal, i.e. before the date

indicated in Part II Data Sheet.

We understand you are not bound to accept any Proposal you receive.

We remain,

Yours sincerely,

Authorized Signature [In full and initials]:

Name and Title of Signatory:

Name of Firm:

22 | P a g e

FORM FIN-2

SUMMARY OF COSTS

Name of the Bidder:

Sl

No

Particulars Amount (Rs.)

1. Charges (Bifurcation to be provided in table

given below)

GST

Total

(Rupees in words)

For Financial Evaluation, the total fee(Inclusive of GST) for the service provided

will be considered. This fees will cover all costs/expenses

Charges (Bifurcation to be provided in table given below)

23 | P a g e

CIVIL WORKS

As per APWD SOR 2013-14 Specification

Sl.No.

DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered

TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )

UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

MANUALLY DRIVEN R.C.C. PILE

1

Providing cast in-situ manually driven reinforced cement concrete piles of using required grade of cement concrete of required bore-diameter, bulb diameter, lengths and with reinforcement as per specifications and drawings. Reinforcement to be measured and paid seperately as per item no. 21.4.1

C) UNIFORM PILE

d) Pile Dia 400 mm

ii) Above 10 M Rm 12180.00

LOAD TEST ON PILES

2

Initial test for test loading to 2 times the specified safe working load including construction of any test pile cap and dismantling

the same after completion of test. (Rate for Safe

working Load)

Ton 60.00

REINFORCEMENT

2

Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevent IS code, for reinforced cement concrete works in piles including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per specifications and drawings. The rings should be welded with vertical reinforcements as per specified IS codes of practice. (Inclusive of lap length, hook, chair, bend, anchor...etc)

(A) TMT bar made of Primary producer (From Primary producer)

Qtl 1552.36

EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION

3

Earthwork in excavation for foundations, trenches of walls, retaining walls, footings of column, steps, septic tank etc. including refilling (return filling) the quantity as necessary after completion of work, braking clods in return filling, dressing, watering and ramming etc. and removal of surplus earth with all lead and lift as directed and specified in the following classification of soils including bailing out water where necessary as directed and specified.

(A) Upto a depth of 2.00m below the existing ground level.

(a) In ordinary soil Cum 820.65

24 | P a g e


Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

Earth/ sand filling in plinth in layers not more than 150mm thick including necessary carriage, watering, ramming etc. complete as directed and specified including payment of land compensation, forest royalty, sales tax and other duties and taxes as may be necessary.

(c) With river sand or silt (predominantly non plastic) by truck carriage including loading and unloading.

Ground Floor Area 4190 sqm x .9 m plinth Cum 2950.35

PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS

4

Plain cement concrete works with coarse aggregate of sizes 13mm to 32mm in foundation bed for footing steps, walls, brick works etc. as directed and specified including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete (shuttering where necessary shall be measured and paid separately).

(b) In prop 1cement: 4 sand :8 coarse aggregate by volume

cum 102.58

Plain cement concrete floor base in prop1:3:6 laid in alternate bays as specified with coarse agg. of size 13mm to 32mm including dewatering if necessary, and curing etc. complete.

c) 100mm thick sqm 4,910.00

Plinth Area = 4910 sqm.

Providing and laying 25mm thick damp proof course with cement concrete in prop 1:1.5:3 with graded stone agg. of 10mm down nominal size including providing approved damp proof admixture in proportion as recommended by the manufacturer including curing etc. complete as directed.

sqm 479.475

Total length of wall =1917.9m x .250 m

REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS

9

Providing and laying plain/reinforced cement croncrete works cement, coarse sand & 20mm down graded stone aggregate including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete but excluding cost of form work and reinforcement for reinforced cement concrete work (form work and reinforcement will be measured and paid separately)

(I) Using Mixer Machine

(A) In substructure up to plinth level

25 | P a g e

SL.

NO DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT

QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

10

Foundation, footing, columns with base tie and plinth beam, pile cap, base slab, retaining walls, walls of septic tank, inspection pit and the like and other works not less than 100mm thick up to plinth level.

b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3 cum 1203.084

(B) In super structure from plinth level up to 1st floor level.

11

i) Walls (thickness not less than 100mm) including attached pillasters, buttresses, plinth and string course etc.

N) Without using admixture, plasticiser


12

ii) Columns, pillars, posts, struts, suspended floor, roof, landing, shelf and support, balcony, lintel, sill band, beam, girder, bressumer, cantilever, staircase (except spiral staircase and landing ) including preparing the top surface and finishing of nosing.



13

iii) Vertical and horizontal fins (thickness not more than 100mm) individually or forming box louvre and projected band.



TIMBER SHUTTERING (FORMWORK)

14

Providing form work of ordinary timber planking so as to give a rough finish including centering, shuttering, strutting and propping etc., height of propping and centering below supporting floor to ceiling not exceeding 4.0M and removal of the same for in-situ reinforced concrete and plain concrete work in:

Foundation, footings, bases of columns, pile cap, raft and mass concrete works etc.

(b) Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m

1352.96

Form work in Pile capa. 3 pile cap → 6 x .8 x 86 = 412.8b. 4 pile cap → 7.6 x .8 x 71 = 431.68c. 5 pile cap → 8.54 x .8 x 35 = 239.12d. 6 pile cap → 9.62 x .8 x 35 = 269.36

12

Sides of tie beams, grade beams etc. at or below ground level.

ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m

2301.48

→ 2 x 1917.9 x 0.600

26 | P a g e

SL.NO


Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

13 Columns, Pillars, Posts & Strut

ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m

6108.00

Column A → 195 x 12 x 2 (0.400 + 0.700) = 5148 Column B → 32x 12 x 2 (0.450 + .800) = 960

14

Sides and soffits of beams, beam haunchings , cantilever giders , bressumers , lintels and horizontal ties.

(ii)Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m

7671.60

→ 2 x 1917.9 x 0.200 = 703.72 → 2 x 1917.9 x 0.600x3 = 6333.48

15

Formwork Flat surfaces such as soffits of suspended floors , roofs landing , cantilaever slabs chajjas , balconies and like

(ii)25mm thk. plank Sq.m 7576.00

a. 1st slab level→ 3045 b. 2nd slab level→ 3590 c. 3rd slab level→ 3156-221.5

16

Staircase with sloping or stepped soffits including risers and stringers but excluding Landing. (Using 38mm thick plank)

Sq.m 197.89

Stair case → Waist slab = 3.35 x 4.06 x3 x 2 = 81.6 Step = 3.40 x 0.150 x 24 x3 x2 = 73.44 Landing = 3.40 x 1.50 x3 x2= 30.6 Beam = 2 x 3.40 x 0.300 x3x2 = 12.24

MASONARY WORK

3

Providing brick soling in foundation and under floor with stone/ best quality picked jhama brick, sand packed and laid to level and in panel after preparing the sub grade as directed including all labour and materials and if necessary dewatering complete.

(a)Brick on flat soiling. Sq.m 4190.00

Ground floor Area = 4190 sqm.

Autoclaved Aerated Cement blocks work (AAC)

4

Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with 150mm/230mm/300 mm thick AAC blocks with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineerin- Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for seperately).

27 | P a g e

DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS

UNIT QUANTIT

Y

Unit rate offered

Total amount(in INR)

Unit

rate

offered

in words

Total amount

offered in

words

(i) In Sub-structure upto plinth level including dewatering if necessary Cum 132.34

Total length of wall =1917.9 m x (.900-.600) m x .200m

(ii)In Superstructure above plinth level upto 1st floor level.

Cum 589.77

Extra for AAC block walling of each subsequent floor or part therof above the 1st floor level. Cum 326.33

PLASTERING WORKS

17

15 mm plaster on cement concrete or reinforced cement concrete work with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar of approved make as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge.

Sq.m 5128.40

Wall area → 3485.53 X 2= 6971.06

18


Sq.m 5128.40

19

10mm thick cement plaster in single coat on fair side of brick/concrete walls for interior plastering upto 3rd floor level including arises or rounded angles not exceeding 80mm girth and finished even and smooth including curing complete as directed.

(d) In cement mortor 1:6 Sq.m 18529.33

Ceiling area =9791 sqm RCC Fin =1780 x 2=3560 Slab Beam area = 1917.9x0.45 x2x3=4749.3 sqm

HERITAGE FINISHING

Supplying and laying of permanent wall finish for interior and exterior walls with surface coating of Heritage Surface Texture of Bakelite Hylam Limited for all types of buildings at all levels as specified and directed by the department.

(a) Granules (Code : HGR) Sqm 638.28

=(17.5+14.5+14.5+12.6) X 3.6 X3

PAINTING AND FINISHING

20

Finishing wall with two coats of acrylic emulsion exterior coatings of Unicem “Rakshak” brand of required shade by thinning 11ltr. of paint with 750ml of water to give an even shade after thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose powdered materials as specified and directed by the department.

(c) Asian paint / Berger paint / ICI ect. Sq.m 4177.35

28 | P a g e

DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT

QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

ground floor → (395-200+68.5) x 4.5 =1185.75 1st floor →( 395 + 68.5) x 3.6 = 1668.6 2nd floor → ( 395 -96 + 68.5) x 3.6 =1323

21

Wall painting (two coats) with acrylic emulsion paint approved brand and manufacture (Asian paint/Berger paint/ICI paint/J & N paint/Nerolac) on new surface to give and even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth.

Sq.m 24608.78

Wall area→ (5128.4 X 2)-4177.35+18592.33=24608.78

22

Providing two coats of J.K. wall putty (white cement based putty for concrete /mortar walls and ceiling both internal And external) after removing all loosely Adhering materials from the wall surface With the help of emery stone, putty blade or wire brush and moistening the wall with sufficient quantity of clean water as specified and directed by the department. (Total thickness of two coates is maximum 1.5mm).

Sq.m 28786.13

PAINTING ON WOOD AND WOOD WOOD BASED

SURFACES

Applying priming coat over new wood and wood

based surfaces over 100mm in girth/width after and

including preparing the surface by throughly

cleaning oil, grease, dirt snd other foreign matter ,

sand papering and knotting.

(b). With ready mixed paint , wood primer (white). Sqm 560.00

Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on new

wood and wood based surface with enamel paint of

approved brand and manufacture (Asian paint/

Berger paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give

an even shade including cleaning the surfaces of all

dirt, dust and other foreign matter sand papering

and stopping.

(i).Surfaces over 100mm in width or girth.

a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI

paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac). Sqm 560.00

PAINTING ON STEEL AND OTHER METAL SURFACE

Applying primary coat over new steel and other

metal surface upto 100m in width or girth after

preparing the surface by throughly cleaning

oil,grease, dirt and other foreign matter and

scoured with wire brushes, fine steels, wood

scrapers and sand paper.

A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M

B.Roof truss in pargola→(19 x25)+72 =547 M

Door frame→ 1178.4

29 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

a). With ready mixed "red-lead/ red oxide" primer. Rm 1886.2

Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on new

steel and other metal surface with enamel paint of

approved brand and manufacture(Asian paint/

Berger paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give

an even shade including cleaning the surface of all

dirt, dust and other foreign matter.

(ii).Surfaces up to 100mm in width or girth.

a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI

paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac).

Rm 1884.45


B.Roof truss in pargola→(19 x25)+72 =547 M

Door frame→ 1178.4

FLOORING

A) ON FLOOR

23

Providing VITRIFIED floor tiles of approved quality of specified size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors, skirtings, risers and treads of steps over 15 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf) / white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles, mixed with approved pigment to match the shade of the tiles, complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department)

b) Executive range Somany/ Orient/Nitco /Varmora/VITA/ Marbito/ Make

i) Of size 800mmx800mm and above Sq.m 9848.38

Ground Gloor→ 4190-210.5=3979.52 sqm First Floor → 3041-129.58=2911.42 sqm Second Floor → 3156-129.58=2957.44 sqm

B) ON WALLS

30 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

24

Providing polished ceramic wall tiles of approved quality, size, shape and thickness not less than 8mm on walls and skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Cement plastering to be measured and paid separately). (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department). (Walls means both interior and exterior walls).

c) Delux range Somany/ Orient/Nitco/Varmora Make

ii) Of size 300mmx450mm and above Sq.m 1201

WALL TILES→ 95.32 X 2.1X2 X3 =3979.52

ANTISKID TILES

Providing Antiskid Tiles of approved quality size, shape not less than 8mm on floor, skirting over a cement mortar bed 15mm thick of 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) approved make fix with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf)/ white cement complete at all level as specified and directed.

(A) CERAMIC

i)Normal range (Sizes 300 mm x 300mm and above)

(a)Orient made: Galaxy Brown, Galaxy creama, Galaxy Pink, Galaxy Green, Pulsar Beige, Pulsar Blue, Pulsar Dove, Pulsar Pink, Burj Brown, Burj Green, Burj Slate

Sq.m 538.62

ground floor →210.48 1st floor →129.58 2nd floor → 198.56

31 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

Providing polished SUNROCK-Hi CTS/ MULTIWYN tiles of approved quality, size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors and skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department).

(a) SUNROCKHi CTS TILES

i). Well, Chocolate, Diamond Square, Ramp, Beach Sand (300x300) mm Sq.m

19.8

MARBLE FLOORING

25

18 mm thick Marble stone slab flooring of sizes 1200x1200 including treads and risers of steps, skirting, laid over 20 mm thick base of cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry including rubbing and polishing complete with marble slab of specified quality and shade at all levels.

(i) Dungri slab Sq.m 221.76

→ 48 x 2.1 x (.4+.4+.7.+.7)= 253.44 SQM

GRANITE FLOORING

Providing 18mm thick Granite slab on vertical face of pedestal laid over 10 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete as directed with approved quality of shade.

Sq.m 77.76

→ 32 x .45 x 5.4= 253.44 SQM

WOOD WORKS

27 BLOCK BOARD SHUTTERS

Providing and fixing flush door shutters solid core construction with frame of 1st class hard wood with cross band and face veneered ply wood face panels conforming to relevent I.S code including oxidised iron butt hinges (100mm x 75mm x 3.5mm) 6 nos with necessary wood screws.

a) Decorative type face panel and block board

core.

(i) 40 mm thick . Sq.m. 560.00

Area of Door→ 560 SQM

32 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

ALUMINIUM FITTINGS

Supplying, fitting, fixing anodised aluminium fittings of approved make, resonably smooth, free from sharp edges and corners, flaws and other defects and with counter sunk holes for screws including necessary aluminium screws etc. complete.( anodised to bright natural matt & satin finished )

a) Sliding door bolts

i) 300mm x 16mm Each 20.00

b) Tower bolts

iii) 200mm x 12mm Each 446.00

c) Door handles

iii) 150mm Each 446.00

l) Hydraulic door closure Each 20.00

m) Mortice lock vertical type

i) 65mm( Godrej With handle(2 lever) set 25.00

t) Door stopper with rubber stopper Each 25.00

ALUMINIUM FRAMIMG WORKS

Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium windows and ventilators of standard sections of approved brand without horizontal glazing bars joints mitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) fitted with 6mm x 3.15mm lugs 100mm long embedded in CC blocks 150mm x 100mm x 100mm in 1:3:6 mix including providing and fixing handles, frictions stays, joining cleat, bolting device, locking arrangement, spring catch as required complete as specified and directed for all levels. (Cement concrete to be measured and paid separately).

a)Side hung and Top hung windows and ventilators

ii)5mm frosted glass Sqm 12.96

28

Providing, fitting and fixing anodized aluminium sliding windows and ventilators of standard sections approved brand (HINDALCO/NALCO/BALCO/JINDAL/ other equivalent primary producer) without horizontalglazing bars, jointsmitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) and providing and fixing handles, Angle cleat, rubber gasket,roller, bolting Device, locking arrangements, servews, etc.as reqd. complete as specified and directed for all levels.

3Track sliding window 5mm clear glass Sq.m 350

33 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

2Track sliding window5mm clear glass

Sq.m 200

3Track → 350 2Track → 200

PARTITION WALLS WITH DOORS

Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium framed glazed doors with partition walls partly glass and partly prelaminated board with anodised aluminium frame made of 100mm x 43mm x 2mm sections of approved brand with doors style of size 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, top rails 46mm x 43mm x 2mm, lock rails 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, fitting with glazing clip, special rubber type gusket complete including hydraulic floor spring pivot aluminium door handle lock angles cleat etc. complete as directed by the department at all levels.

(i)6mm thick glass panes and 12mm prelaminated board

Sq.m 63.00

a. 10.5 x 3 x2= 63

CURTAIN WALL, CURTAIN GLAZING, STRUCTURAL GLAZING

Providing, fitting and fixing aluminium curtain wall on the exterior face of building fitting to concrete member by drilling hole fixing by brass screw fabricated with coloured anodised aluminium section of approved brand 101mm x 55mm x 2mm by providing jointing angles including providing coloured reflectory type glass 6mm thick fitted with aluminium at all levels.

Sqm 153.36

A. 14.2 X 3.6 X 3 =153.36

Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminuim framed glazed doors with anodised aluminium frame made of 100mm x 45mm x 2.5mm section with door style of size 88mm x 45mm x 2.5mm, top rails 50mm x 45mm x 2mm and bottom rails 100mm x 45mm x 2.5mm fitted with glazing clip, special type rubber gasket complete etc complete as specified and directed by the department at all levels.

(a) with 12 mm thick toughened glass Sqm 57.6

GYPBOARD CEILING

34 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

29

Supplying, fitting, fixing and painting where necessary (one coat primer and two coats of paint) M/F Suspended Ceiling which includes G.I. perimeter channels of size 0.55mm thick (having one flange of 20mm and another flange of 30mm and a web of 27mm) along with perimeter of ceiling, screw fixed to brick wall/ partition with the help of nylon sleeves and screws, at 610mm c/c. Then suspending G.I. intermediate channels of size 45mm (0.9mm thick with two equal flanges of 15mm each) from the soffit at 1220mm c/c with ceiling angle of width 25mmx10mmx0.55mm thick fixed to soffit with G.I.cleat and steel expansion fasteners.

Ceiling section of 0.55mm thickness having knurled web of 51.5mm and two equal flanges of 26mm each with lips of 10.5mm are then fixed to the intermediate channel with the help of connecting clip and in direction perpendicular to the intermediate channel at 457mm c/c, 9.5mm/ 12.5mm tapered edge Gypboard (conforming to IS:2095-1982) is then screw fixed to ceiling section with 25mm long drywall screws at 230mm c/c. Screw fixing is done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. Finally, the boards are to be jointed and finished so as to have a flush look which includes filling and finishing the tapered and square edges of the boards with jointing compound, joint paper tape and two coats of drywall topcoat suitable for Gypboard complete at all levels as specified and directed. (For light fittings, providing opening for doors, window, ventilators etc, cut out made with frame of perimeter channel supported suitably to be measured and paid separately where necessary).

(ii)12.5mm thick Sqm 963

Ceiling area → 207+ 117=324 SQM →32 X 9X 2= 576 SQM →13.7 X 4.5= 63 SQM

K STEEL WORKS

ROOF TRUSS

35 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

Providing, fitting, hoisting and fixing of roof trusses

fabricated out of combination of any two or all of

the following sections (i) Square section (ii)

Rectangular Hollow section of specification RSH/SHS

and (iii) M.S. circular hlollow section of Grade 210

including purlins, bottom runners and providing

M.S. cleat, M.S. angle base plank, bolts and nuts

with red oxide primer including fitting bottom

runner and cleat etc. for fixing ceiling joist as per

design complete as directed as per specifications.

a) Using TATA make RHS/SHS of Grade 310

conforming to relevant I.S. code 4923 : 1997

Qtl

100.90

A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M B.Roof truss in pargola→(19 x25)+72 =547 M

COLLAPSIBLE / ROLLING SHUTTERS

Providing and fixing in position collapsible M.S. shutters with vertical channels 20mmx10mmx2mm braced with flat iron diagonals 20mmx5mm size with top and bottom rails of T-iron 40mmx40mmx6mm with 38mm dia steel pulleys complete with bolts and nuts, locking arrangements, stoppers, handles including applying a priming coat of red lead paint.

Sq.m.

25.92

Providing and fixing rolling shutters of approved make made of 80mm wide M.S. laths interlocked together through their entire lenth and jointed together at the ends by end-locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with bracket plates, guide channels and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push-pull operation complete including cost of wire, spring and hood cover for the shutters.

Sq.m.

108

DOOR FRAMES

Providing, fitting and fixing powder coated pressed steel door frame made of 1.25mm/ 1.6mm thick sheet of various sizes with necessary hinge jamb, lock jamb, head and steel base ties at the bottom of the frame. The whole frame shall be welded or rigidly fixed together by mechanical means with base ties of pressed mild steel angle of size 20x20x1.25mm thick. Frame to be filled up with 1:4:8 P.C.C. after fitting the frame with brick/ concrete works etc.complete as directed by the department for all levels. (P.C.C. to be measured and paid for seperately).

(a) 1.25mm thick sheet

(iv) Size 125mm x 60mm (Double rebate) M 1178.4

36 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

Door Frame → total door =223nos. →(2.1+2.1+1.2) x 137= 739.8 m →(2.1+2.1+.9) x 86= 438.6m

30

Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes , channels , plates etc., including welding , grinding , buffing polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete , i.e. fixing the railing with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners ,stainless steel bolts etc., of required size , on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer in-charge. (For payment, only weight of stainless steel member is be considered.No extra payment for fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc. will be considered)

Kg. 486.50

A. → 3.9 X2 X 3X 8=187.2 B. → (39.4+ 27.8)X4=268.8 C. → (11.5+11.5+7.5)=268.8

GRILLS

Providing, fitting and fixing M.S. grill of required pattern for windows/ clerestory windows/ openingwith M.S. flats at required spacing in frame all round, squre or round M.S. bars with round headed bolts and nuts or screws.

I . Plain grill (c) Fixed to Brickwork/P.C.C/R.C.C. Kg 5656.45

→ Total area =550 sqm,10mm sqr bar 150c/c @ 10.29kg/m2= 5656.45 kg

ROOFING

Providing plain Polycarbonate transparent sheet roofing at all levels with self drilling, self tapping screws complete (Roof trusses, purlins etc. to be measured and paid separately.)

(iii) 3.00 mm thick Sqm 221.6

PLINTH PROTECTION WORKS

Providing plinth protection 50mm thick to cement concrete 1 : 3 : 6 with coarse agg.of 20mm nominal size including finishing the surface with 10mm thick cement plaster in proportion 1:3 with a floting coat of neat cement finished.

Sqm

621

37 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERE

D IN

WORDS

TOTAL

AMOUNT

OFFERED IN

WORDS

Providing drain with brick work in cement mortar in proportion 1:5 with half brick thick side walls and 100mm thick C.C (1:3:6) base over one brick flat soling including 15mm thick cement plastering in prop. 1:3 finished with a floating coat of cement slurry as directed with necessary shttering for sides and earth work in excavation of foundation trenches and refilling the sides after completion of work etc. as specified.

ii). 300mm wide and average 250mm deep with bed slope 1 in 150 with initial depth of 100mm. Rm

810

REINFORCEMENT STEEL

31

Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevant I.S. Code for R.C.C. work/ R.B. walling including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per details,ying and binding with 20G annealed black wire and placing in position with proper blocks, supports, chairs, spacers etc. complete (upto 1st floor level). ISI approved super ductile TMT Bar

TMT corrosion Resistant. Qtl. 4851.89

38 | P a g e

COMMERCIAL BUILDING

CIVIL WORKS

Sl.No. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

MANUALLY DRIVEN R.C.C. PILE

1

Providing cast in-situ manually driven reinforced cement concrete piles of using required grade of cement concrete of required bore-diameter, bulb diameter, lengths and with reinforcement as per specifications and drawings. Reinforcement to be measured and paid seperately as per item no. 21.4.1

C) UNIFORM PILE

d) Pile Dia 400 mm

ii) Above 10 M Rm 3960.00

LOAD TEST ON PILES

Initial test for test loading to 2 times the specified safe working load including construction of any test pile cap and dismantling the same after completion of

test. (Rate for Safe working Load)

Ton 60.00

REINFORCEMENT

2

Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevent IS code, for reinforced cement concrete works in piles including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per specifications and drawings. The rings should be welded with vertical reinforcements as per specified IS codes of practice. (Inclusive of lap length, hook, chair, bend, anchor...etc)

(A) TMT bar made of Primary producer (From Primary producer)

Qtl 504.71

39 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION

4

Earthwork in excavation for foundations, trenches of walls, retaining walls, footings of column, steps, septic tank etc. including refilling (return filling) the quantity as necessary after completion of work, braking clods in return filling, dressing, watering and ramming etc. and removal of surplus earth with all lead and lift as directed and specified in the following classification of soils including bailing out water where necessary as directed and specified.

(A) Upto a depth of 2.00m below the existing ground level.

(a) In ordinary soil Cum 236.51

5

Earth/ sand filling in plinth in layers not more than 150mm thick including necessary carriage, watering, ramming etc. complete as directed and specified including payment of land compensation, forest royalty, sales tax and other duties and taxes as may be necessary.

(c) With river sand or silt (predominantly non plastic) by truck carriage including loading and unloading.

Ground Floor Area 4190 sqm x .9 m plinth

Cum 681.49

Ground floor Area = 1020 x .9 = 3771 cum.

40 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS

6

Plain cement concrete works with coarse aggregate of sizes 13mm to 32mm in foundation bed for footing steps, walls, brick works etc. as directed and specified including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete (shuttering where necessary shall be measured and paid separately).

(b) In prop 1cement: 4 sand :8 coarse aggregate by volume cum 29.56

7

Plain cement concrete floor base in prop1:3:6 laid in alternate bays as specified with coarse agg. of size 13mm to 32mm including dewatering if necessary, and curing etc. complete.

c) 100mm thick sqm 1,020.00

Plinth Area = 1020 sqm.

8

Providing and laying 25mm thick damp proof course with cement concrete in prop 1:1.5:3 with graded stone agg. of 10mm down nominal size including providing approved damp proof admixture in proportion as recommended by the manufacturer including curing etc. complete as directed.

sqm 150.6

Total length of wall =602.4 m x .250 m= 150.6 sqm

41 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS

9

Providing and laying plain/reinforced cement croncrete works cement, coarse sand & 20mm down graded stone aggregate including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete but excluding cost of form work and reinforcement for reinforced cement concrete work (form work and reinforcement will be measured and paid separately)

(I) Using Mixer Machine

(A) In substructure up to plinth level

10

Foundation, footing, columns with base tie and plinth beam, pile cap, base slab, retaining walls, walls of septic tank, inspection pit and the like and other works not less than 100mm thick up to plinth level.

b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3

cum 357.57

(B) In super structure from plinth level up to 1st floor level.

11

i) Walls (thickness not less than 100mm) including attached pillasters, buttresses, plinth and string course etc.



cum 16.16

12

ii) Columns, pillars, posts, struts, suspended floor, roof, landing, shelf and support, balcony, lintel, sill band, beam, girder, bressumer, cantilever, staircase (except spiral staircase and landing ) including preparing the top surface and finishing of nosing.



cum 786.62

42 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

13

iii) Vertical and horizontal fins (thickness

not more than 100mm) individually or forming

box louvre and projected band.



TIMBER SHUTTERING (FORMWORK)

14

Providing form work of ordinary timber planking so as to give a rough finish including centering, shuttering, strutting and propping etc., height of propping and centering below supporting floor to ceiling not exceeding 4.0M and removal of the same for in-situ reinforced concrete and plain concrete work in:

Foundation, footings, bases of columns, pile cap, raft and mass concrete works etc.

(b) Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 522.80

Form work in Pile capa. 4 pile cap → 1.9 x 4 x .75 x 28 = 159.6b. 5 pile cap → 2.4x 4 x .75 x 46 = 331.2c. 6 pile cap → (1.9+3.1) x 2 x .8 x 4 = 32

12

Sides of tie beams, grade beams etc. at or below ground level.

ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 722.88

→ 2 x 602.4x 0.600

13 Columns, Pillars, Posts & Strut

ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 1684.80

Column A → 39 x 12 x 2 (0.35 + 0.50) = 795.6 Column B → 32x 12 x 2 (0.350 + .600) = 889.2

14

Sides and soffits of beams, beam haunchings , cantilever giders , bressumers , lintels and horizontal ties.

(ii)Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 2409.60

→ 2 x 602.4 x 0.200 = 703.72 → 2 x 602.4 x 0.600x3 = 6333.48

43 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

15

Formwork Flat surfaces such as soffits of suspended floors , roofs landing , cantilaever slabs chajjas , balconies and like

(ii)25mm thk. plank Sq.m 2587.68

a. 1st slab level→ 995.02 b. 2nd slab level→ 796.33 c. 3rd slab level→ 796.33

16

Staircase with sloping or stepped soffits including risers and stringers but excluding Landing. (Using 38mm thick plank)

Sq.m 197.89

Stair case → Waist slab = 3.35 x 4.06 x3 x 2 = 81.6 Step = 3.40 x 0.150 x 24 x3 x2 = 73.44 Landing = 3.40 x 1.50 x3 x2= 30.6 Beam = 2 x 3.40 x 0.300 x3x2 = 12.24

MASONARY WORK

3

Providing brick soling in foundation and under floor with stone/ best quality picked jhama brick, sand packed and laid to level and in panel after preparing the sub grade as directed including all labour and materials and if necessary dewatering complete.

(a)Brick on flat soiling. Sq.m 1020.00

Ground floor Area = 1020 sqm.

Autoclaved Aerated Cement blocks work (AAC)

4

Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with 150mm/230mm/300 mm thick AAC blocks with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineerin- Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for seperately).

44 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

(a) In Sub-structure upto plinth level including dewatering if necessary Cum 41.57

Total length of wall =602.4 m x.300 m x .200m

(ii)In Superstructure above plinth level upto 1st floor level. Cum

321.0948

Extra for AAC block walling of each subsequent floor or part therof above the 1st floor level.

Cum 206.43795

PLASTERING WORKS

17


Sq.m 2140.63

Wall area → 2140.63 X 2= 4281.26 SQM

18


Sq.m 2140.63

19

10mm thick cement plaster in single coat on fair side of brick/concrete walls for interior plastering upto 3rd floor level including arises or rounded angles not exceeding 80mm girth and finished even and smooth including curing complete as directed.

(d) In cement mortor 1:6 Sq.m 7774.16

Ceiling area =2587.68sqm RCC Fin =1780 x 2=3560 Slab Beam area = 602.4x0.45 x2x3=4749.3 sqm

HERITAGE FINISHING

45 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Supplying and laying of permanent wall finish for interior and exterior walls with surface coating of Heritage Surface Texture of Bakelite Hylam Limited for all types of buildings at all levels as specified and directed by the department.

(a) Granules (Code : HGR) Sqm 97.2

=9 x3 X 3.6 =97.2 sqm

PAINTING AND FINISHING

20

Finishing wall with two coats of acrylic emulsion exterior coatings of Unicem “Rakshak” brand of required shade by thinning 11ltr. of paint with 750ml of water to give an even shade after thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose powdered materials as specified and directed by the department.

(c) Asian paint / Berger paint / ICI ect. Sq.m 905.40

ground floor →(113x4.5)-(36x3.6)-(1.8x1.5x16)=335.7 1st floor →(113x3.6)-(36x3.6)-(1.8x1.5x16)=234 2nd floor → (113x4.5)-(36x3.6)-(1.8x1.5x16)=335.7

21

Wall painting (two coats) with acrylic emulsion paint approved brand and manufacture (Asian paint/Berger paint/ICI paint/J & N paint/Nerolac) on new surface to give and even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth.

Sq.m 11150.02

Wall area → 807.00 Ceiling area → 491.27 Slab beam area → 277.38

46 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

22

Providing two coats of J.K. wall putty (white cement based putty for concrete /mortar walls and ceiling both internal And external) after removing all loosely Adhering materials from the wall surface With the help of emery stone, putty blade or wire brush and moistening the wall with sufficient quantity of clean water as specified and directed by the department. (Total thickness of two coates is maximum 1.5mm).

Sq.m 12055.42

PAINTING ON WOOD AND WOOD WOOD

BASED SURFACES

Applying priming coat over new wood and

wood based surfaces over 100mm in

girth/width after and including preparing the

surface by throughly cleaning oil, grease, dirt

snd other foreign matter , sand papering and

knotting.

(b). With ready mixed paint , wood primer

(white). Sqm 164.52

Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on

new wood and wood based surface with

enamel paint of approved brand and

manufacture (Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI

paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give an even

shade including cleaning the surfaces of all

dirt, dust and other foreign matter sand

papering and stopping.

(i).Surfaces over 100mm in width or girth.

a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger

paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac). Sqm 164.52

PAINTING ON STEEL AND OTHER METAL

SURFACE

Applying primary coat over new steel and

other metal surface upto 100m in width or

girth after preparing the surface by throughly

cleaning oil,grease, dirt and other foreign

matter and scoured with wire brushes, fine

steels, wood scrapers and sand paper.


Door frame→739.8

a). With ready mixed "red-lead/ red oxide"

primer.

Rm 900.6

47 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on

new steel and other metal surface with

enamel paint of approved brand and

manufacture(Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI

paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give an even

shade including cleaning the surface of all dirt,

dust and other foreign matter.

(ii).Surfaces up to 100mm in width or girth.

a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger

paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac).

Rm 900.6


Door frame→ 739.8

FLOORING

A) ON FLOOR

23

Providing VITRIFIED floor tiles of approved quality of specified size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors, skirtings, risers and treads of steps over 15 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf) / white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles, mixed with approved pigment to match the shade of the tiles, complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department)

c) Delux range Somany/ Orient/Nitco /Varmora/VITA/ Marbito/ Make

i) Of size 1000mmx1000mm and above

Sq.m

2811.35

→ 1020+995.02+796.33=2811

sqm

B) ON WALLS

48 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

24

Providing polished ceramic wall tiles of

approved quality, size, shape and

thickness not less than 8mm on walls and

skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm

thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse

sand ) including cutting where necessary

finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile

(Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white

cement slurry mixed with approved

pigment to match shade of tiles complete

at all levels as specified and directed.

(Cement plastering to be measured and

paid separately). (Coloured pigment

should be in conformity with colour of

tiles and as approved and directed by the

Department). (Walls means both interior

and exterior walls).

c) Delux range Somany/ Orient/Nitco/Varmora Make

ii) Of size 300mmx450mm and above Sq.m 364.68

ground floor →(3*2.1*6)+(6.5*2.1*2)-(1.2*.9*4)=60.78 x 2=121.56 sqm 1st floor →121.56 sqm 2nd floor → 121.56 sqm

ANTISKID TILES

Providing Antiskid Tiles of approved quality size, shape not less than 8mm on floor, skirting over a cement mortar bed 15mm thick of 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) approved make fix with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf)/ white cement complete at all level as specified and directed.

VITRIFIED

i)Normal range (Sizes 300 mm x 300mm and above)

Somany made- Durastone (Unpolished heavy duty Vitrified Tiles)

a). Premium Sq.m 108

49 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Ground floor →18 x2 = 36 sqm. 1st floor →18 x2 = 36 sqm. 2nd floor → 18 x2 = 36 sqm.

Providing polished SUNROCK-Hi CTS/ MULTIWYN tiles of approved quality, size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors and skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department).

(a) SUNROCKHi CTS TILES

i). Well, Chocolate, Diamond Square, Ramp, Beach Sand (300x300) mm

Sq.m

17.28

Ramp → 1.8 x 4.8 x 2=

MARBLE FLOORING

25

18 mm thick Marble stone slab flooring of sizes 1200x1200 including treads and risers of steps, skirting, laid over 20 mm thick base of cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry including rubbing and polishing complete with marble slab of specified quality and shade at all levels.

(i) Dungri slab Sq.m 36.18

→ 24 x 3.35 x (0.150+ 0.300)

GRANITE FLOORING

Providing 18mm thick Granite slab on vertical face of pedestal laid over 10 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete as directed with approved quality of shade.

Sq.m

8.1

50 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

→ .45 x 3 x 2x 3=

H WOOD WORKS

27 BLOCK BOARD SHUTTERS

Providing and fixing flush door shutters solid core construction with frame of 1st class hard wood with cross band and face veneered ply wood face panels conforming to relevent I.S code including oxidised iron butt hinges (100mm x 75mm x 3.5mm) 6 nos with necessary wood screws.

a) Decorative type face panel and block

board core.

(i) 40 mm thick . Sq.m. 164.52

TOTAL AREA OF DOOR

ALUMINIUM FITTINGS

Supplying, fitting, fixing anodised aluminium fittings of approved make, resonably smooth, free from sharp edges and corners, flaws and other defects and with counter sunk holes for screws including necessary aluminium screws etc. complete.( anodised to bright natural matt & satin finished )

a) Sliding door bolts

i) 300mm x 16mm Each 72.00

b) Tower bolts

iii) 200mm x 12mm Each 140.00

c) Door handles

iii) 150mm Each 140.00

l) Hydraulic door closure Each 10.00

m) Mortice lock vertical type

i) 65mm( Godrej With handle(2 lever) set 12.00

t) Door stopper with rubber stopper Each 13.00

I ALUMINIUM FRAMIMG WORKS

51 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium windows and ventilators of standard sections of approved brand without horizontal glazing bars joints mitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) fitted with 6mm x 3.15mm lugs 100mm long embedded in CC blocks 150mm x 100mm x 100mm in 1:3:6 mix including providing and fixing handles, frictions stays, joining cleat, bolting device, locking arrangement, spring catch as required complete as specified and directed for all levels. (Cement concrete to be measured and paid separately).

a)Side hung and Top hung windows and ventilators

ii)5mm frosted glass Sqm 12.96

28

Providing, fitting and fixing anodized aluminium sliding windows and ventilators of standard sections approved brand (HINDALCO/NALCO/BALCO/JINDAL/ other equivalent primary producer) without horizontalglazing bars, jointsmitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) and providing and fixing handles, Angle cleat, rubber gasket,roller, bolting Device, locking arrangements, servews, etc.as reqd. complete as specified and directed for all levels.

3Track sliding window 5mm clear glass Sq.m 399.4

2Track sliding window 5mm clear glass Sq.m 0

3Track → 399.4 2Track → 0

PARTITION WALLS WITH DOORS

52 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium framed glazed doors with partition walls partly glass and partly prelaminated board with anodised aluminium frame made of 100mm x 43mm x 2mm sections of approved brand with doors style of size 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, top rails 46mm x 43mm x 2mm, lock rails 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, fitting with glazing clip, special rubber type gusket complete including hydraulic floor spring pivot aluminium door handle lock angles cleat etc. complete as directed by the department at all levels.

(i)6mm thick glass panes and 12mm

prelaminated board Sq.m 39.00

a. 10.5 x 3 x2= 63

CURTAIN WALL, CURTAIN GLAZING, STRUCTURAL GLAZING

Providing, fitting and fixing aluminium curtain wall on the exterior face of building fitting to concrete member by drilling hole fixing by brass screw fabricated with coloured anodised aluminium section of approved brand 101mm x 55mm x 2mm by providing jointing angles including providing coloured reflectory type glass 6mm thick fitted with aluminium at all levels.

Sqm 289.44

B. 13.4 X 3.6 X3 X2 =289.44

53 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

GYPBOARD CEILING

29

Supplying, fitting, fixing and painting where necessary (one coat primer and two coats of paint) M/F Suspended Ceiling which includes G.I. perimeter channels of size 0.55mm thick (having one flange of 20mm and another flange of 30mm and a web of 27mm) along with perimeter of ceiling, screw fixed to brick wall/ partition with the help of nylon sleeves and screws, at 610mm c/c. Then suspending G.I. intermediate channels of size 45mm (0.9mm thick with two equal flanges of 15mm each) from the soffit at 1220mm c/c with ceiling angle of width 25mmx10mmx0.55mm thick fixed to soffit with G.I.cleat and steel expansion fasteners.

Ceiling section of 0.55mm thickness having knurled web of 51.5mm and two equal flanges of 26mm each with lips of 10.5mm are then fixed to the intermediate channel with the help of connecting clip and in direction perpendicular to the intermediate channel at 457mm c/c, 9.5mm/ 12.5mm tapered edge Gypboard (conforming to IS:2095-1982) is then screw fixed to ceiling section with 25mm long drywall screws at 230mm c/c. Screw fixing is done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. Finally, the boards are to be jointed and finished so as to have a flush look which includes filling and finishing the tapered and square edges of the boards with jointing compound, joint paper tape and two coats of drywall topcoat suitable for Gypboard complete at all levels as specified and directed. (For light fittings, providing opening for doors, window, ventilators etc, cut out made with frame of perimeter channel supported suitably to be measured and paid separately where necessary).

54 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

(ii)12.5mm thick Sqm 43.68

Ceiling area →5.6 x7.8= 43.68 sqm

K STEEL WORKS

ROOF TRUSS

Providing, fitting, hoisting and fixing of roof

trusses fabricated out of combination of any

two or all of the following sections (i) Square

section (ii) Rectangular Hollow section of

specification RSH/SHS and (iii) M.S. circular

hlollow section of Grade 210 including purlins,

bottom runners and providing M.S. cleat, M.S.

angle base plank, bolts and nuts with red

oxide primer including fitting bottom runner

and cleat etc. for fixing ceiling joist as per

design complete as directed as per

specifications.

a) Using TATA make RHS/SHS of Grade 310

conforming to relevant I.S. code 4923 : 1997 Qtl 25.60

A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M x 15.92/100=25.6 qtl Tata rectangular section 145 x 82mm @15.92 Kg/M

COLLAPSIBLE / ROLLING SHUTTERS

Providing and fixing in position collapsible

M.S. shutters with vertical channels

20mmx10mmx2mm braced with flat iron

diagonals 20mmx5mm size with top and

bottom rails of T-iron 40mmx40mmx6mm

with 38mm dia steel pulleys complete with

bolts and nuts, locking arrangements,

stoppers, handles including applying a priming

coat of red lead paint. Sq.m. 25.92

Providing and fixing rolling shutters of

approved make made of 80mm wide M.S.

laths interlocked together through their entire

lenth and jointed together at the ends by end-

locks mounted on specially designed pipe

shaft with bracket plates, guide channels and

arrangements for inside and outside locking

with push-pull operation complete including

cost of wire, spring and hood cover for the

shutters. Sq.m. 108.00 DOOR FRAMES

55 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Providing, fitting and fixing powder coated

pressed steel door frame made of 1.25mm/

1.6mm thick sheet of various sizes with

necessary hinge jamb, lock jamb, head and

steel base ties at the bottom of the frame. The

whole frame shall be welded or rigidly fixed

together by mechanical means with base ties

of pressed mild steel angle of size

20x20x1.25mm thick. Frame to be filled up

with 1:4:8 P.C.C. after fitting the frame with

brick/ concrete works etc.complete as

directed by the department for all levels.

(P.C.C. to be measured and paid for

seperately).

(a) 1.25mm thick sheet

(iv) Size 125mm x 60mm (Double rebate) M 351

Door Frame → total door =65 nos. →(2.1+2.1+1.2) x 65= 739.8 m

30

Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes , channels , plates etc., including welding , grinding , buffing polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete , i.e. fixing the railing with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners ,stainless steel bolts etc., of required size , on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer in-charge. (For payment, only weight of stainless steel member is be considered.No extra payment for fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc. will be considered)

Kg. 486.50

A. → 3.9 X2 X 3X 8=187.2 B. → (39.4+ 27.8)X4=268.8 C. → (11.5+11.5+7.5)=268.8

GRILLS

56 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

Providing, fitting and fixing M.S. grill of required pattern for windows/ clerestory windows/ openingwith M.S. flats at required spacing in frame all round, squre or round M.S. bars with round headed bolts and nuts or screws.

I . Plain grill

(c) Fixed to Brickwork/P.C.C/R.C.C. Kg 5656.45 2.16

→ Total area =550 sqm,10mm sqr bar 150c/c @ 10.29kg/m2= 5656.45 kg

ROOFING

Providing plain Polycarbonate transparent sheet roofing at all levels with self drilling, self tapping screws complete (Roof trusses, purlins etc. to be measured and paid separately.)

(iii) 3.00 mm thick Sqm 221.60

PLINTH PROTECTION WORKS

Providing plinth protection 50mm thick to cement concrete 1 : 3 : 6 with coarse agg.of 20mm nominal size including finishing the surface with 10mm thick cement plaster in proportion 1:3 with a floting coat of neat cement finished.

Sqm 103.50

Providing drain with brick work in cement mortar in proportion 1:5 with half brick thick side walls and 100mm thick C.C (1:3:6) base over one brick flat soling including 15mm thick cement plastering in prop. 1:3 finished with a floating coat of cement slurry as directed with necessary shttering for sides and earth work in excavation of foundation trenches and refilling the sides after completion of work etc. as specified.

ii). 300mm wide and average 250mm deep with bed slope 1 in 150 with initial depth of 100mm. Rm 255.00

L REINFORCEMENT STEEL

57 | P a g e


QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered


UNIT

RATES

OFFERED

IN

WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT

OFFERED IN WORDS

31

Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevant I.S. Code for R.C.C. work/ R.B. walling including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per details,ying and binding with 20G annealed black wire and placing in position with proper blocks, supports, chairs, spacers etc. complete (upto 1st floor level). ISI approved super ductile TMT Bar

TMT corrosion Resistant. Qtl. 1337.04

58 | P a g e

INTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS

Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.

UNIT RATE

OFFERED

TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED

UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

1/2.1 Wiring for light/fan/call bell point with 2x1.5 sq. mm. P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed conduit wiring system with 20mm dia 2mm thick / heavy rigid PVC IS: 9537 Part - III conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) including 6 Amp flush type switch/ bell push (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) GI/ MS switch board (ISI marked) with phenolic laminated sheet cover ,ceiling rose (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) etc. complete.

2.1.1

a) SP upto 3.00 metre length. point 346

2.1.2 b) MP upto 6.00 metre length.

6.00 metre length. point 650

2.1.3 c) LP upto 10.00 metre length. point 750

59 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

2/2.2 Wiring to 5 a pin 6 Amps plug point with 1.5 sq. mm P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed 2 mm thick/ heavy rigid ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) wiring system including 5 pin 6 Amps flush type plug socket and 6 Amps F/T switch (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.), GI/ MS switch board (I.S.I. mark with phenolic laminated sheet cover including earth continuity with 1.5 sq. mm. cable to third pin of the plug socket etc. as required complete, when placed elsewhere.

2.2.1

Short point up to 3.00 metre. length. Each 40

2.2.2

Medium point up to 6.00 metre. Length. Each 60

2.2.3

Long point up to 10.00 metre. Length. Each 100

60 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

3/2.3 Wiring for 5/6 pin 16 Amps power plug point with 4 sq. mm. P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed conduit wiring system including and fixing 5/6 pin 16 Amps flush type socket outlets and 16 Amps flush type switch ( Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.), GI/ MS switch board (I.S.I. mark with phenolic laminated sheet cover earth continuity with 2.5 sq. mm cable to the 3rd pin of the socket as required complete with 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)

2.3.3 Long point up to 10.00 metre. Length. Each 15

4/2.4 Wiring for 5/6 pin 16 Amps power plug point with 4 sq. mm. P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed conduit wiring system including and fixing 5/6 pin 16 Amps flush type socket outlets and 16 Amps flush type switch ( Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.), GI/ MS switch board (I.S.I. mark with phenolic laminated sheet cover earth continuity with 2.5 sq. mm cable to the 3rd pin of the socket as required complete with 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)

2.4.1 Extra long pt. upto 15.00 mtr. Length Each 15

61 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS



5/2.7 Wiring for drawing sub-main line with P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) including earth continuity in surface/ recessed 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit wiring system.

2.7.1 With 2x2.5 sqmm+ earth continuity with1x2.5 sqmm PVC insulated unsheathed single core copper conductor cable in 19mm dia.rigid PVC conduit pipes. mtr 8500

2.7.2 With 2x4sqmm+ earth continuity with1x2.5 sqmm PVC insulated unsheathed single core copper conductor cable in 19mm dia.rigid PVC conduit pipes. mtr 1000

2.7.3 With 2x6sqmm+ earth continuity with1x4 sqmm PVC insulated unsheathed single core copper conductor cable in 19mm dia.rigid PVC conduit pipes. mtr 900

6/2.8 Wiring for drawing sub-main line with P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) including earth continuity in surface/ recessed PVC 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) wiring system .

62 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

2.8.5 With 3 x 16 sq. mm. + earth continuity with2x 10 sq. mm. cable in 32 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy rigid PVC IS: 9537 Part - III conduit.

mtr 1500

7/2.10 Wiring for 5 pin 6 amp plug with 1.5 sq mm P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) including 5 pin 6 amp socket outlet (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)make) and 6 amp flush type switch (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)make) earthing the 3rd pin of the socket as required on the switch board in surface/ recessed P.V.C. conduit wiring system. When fitted on same board of light and fan.

Each 90

8/11.12 Supplying and fixing of polished Brass Bracket of 18 S.W.G, 25 cm long cast back plate and brass lamp holder complete including connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required Without Lamp

Each 110

9/10 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following indoor surface Mounted LED Luminaires complete with all accessories such as driver etc. and necessary connection with 1.5 sq.mm. P.V.C. insulated S.C.copper conductor as required and as directed by the department

10.20 Philips lighting luminaire 15W Cirrus Mini Model SM518C LED9S 6500 PSU OD GR/ SM518C LED9S 6500 PSU OD WH or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.

Each 611

10/11.32 Supplying and fixing of Call bell ( Buzzer ) including 5/ 6 amp capacity button piano type bell push switch including connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required.

Each 20

63 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

11/11.00 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following indoor Surface Mounted and Suspended Luminaires LED Luminaires complete with all accessories such as driver etc. and necessary connection with 1.5 sq.mm. P.V.C. insulated S.C.copper conductor as required and as directed by the department

11.5 Philips 24 W, Astra Surface & wall mounted LED batten Model BN150W LED20S-6500 PSE OD GR or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.

Each 200

12/12.00 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following LED lamp as directed by the department

12.25 Philips LED bulbs non-dimmable 7 W or equivalent as approved by the Deptt. Each 110

13/6 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following indoor Recessed Mounted LED Luminaires complete with all accessories such as driver etc. In the flase ceiling type Armstronng /Gypsum or similar ceiling mouting with necessary support and connection with 1.5 sq.mm. P.V.C. insulated S.C.copper conductor as required and as directed by the department

6.1 Philips lighting luminaire 15 W GreenLED Model BBS170 1xDLED -5000 PSU WH/ BBS170 1xDLED -4000 PSU WH or GreenLED Square ModelBBS175 1xDLED -5000 PSU WH/ BBS175 1xDLED -4000 PSU WH or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.

Each 60

14/SB8.36 Supplying with fitting and fixing of Foot lamp with Box and lamp holder in 3 module recessed system MODEL RANGE LEGRAND (MYRIUS), ANCHOR (VIOLA), MK (WRAPAROUND/ PLUS), ABB (CHEIRON), KOLORS (KREST), SCHNEIDER (VIVACE), CRABTREE including making necessary connection as per direction of department. Without lamp.

Each 70

64 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

15/22.7 Installation of earth station with 40mm dia and 4.5 mtr. long GI pipe with necessary GI reducing socket 40mmx20mm size locking arrangement with hinged cover plate, funnel, GI nuts, thorough bolts etc.for putting pipe and refitting with necessary enclosure on the top etc. as required complete. Each 16

16/22.12 Extra for using salt 5Kg and charcoal 64 Kg. for pipe earth electrode as required.

Each 16

17/22.15 Supplying and laying with 6 SWG GI earth wire at 0.50 mtr. below ground level or conductor earth electrode including soldering, excavation work and refitting etc.as required complete.

Mtr 600

18/22 .31 Supply, fitting & fixing 20 mmx3 mm Copper strips drawn on vertically or horizontally on building wall/parapet wall in surface system complete with supply of Brass Nuts & Bolts, Screws etc including riveting, soldering and making connection as approved by the Deptt.)with earth electrode copper strips and Lightning Arrestor etc. as specified and directed by the deptt.

Each 6

19/23.12 Supplying including installation, connection as approved by the Deptt.)with 2x2.5 sq mm copper FR cable, testing and commissioning of following post top lantern/ WALL LIGHT on existing pole/ Structure including lamp, driver, ballast as required complete as directed and specified by the deptt.

23.12.2 HPS 360 1X CDMTD 70W GR, 1X CDMTD 70W, Philips make) . or equivalent (Equivalent will be selected by the deptt considering the mother items rate) WIPRO/ JAQUAR make.

Each 8

20/27.1 Supplying including fitting fixing of following A.C. Ceiling fan complete with all accessories like down rod, canopy etc. of following sweeps with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required complete and as directed by the Department [Without regulator].

65 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

27.1.2 Premium model 1200 mm Sweep (ORIENT PSPO make) / Premium model 1050 / 1200 mm Sweep SS-390 Deco Havells make)

Each 553

21/27.2 Supplying including fitting fixing of following A.C. Exhaust fan in the existing hole on the wall of following sweeps with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required complete and as directed by the Department.

27.2.1.2 Power Flow 225 mm sweep (ORIENT make)

Each 60

22/27.3 Supplying including fitting fixing of following A.C. Wall fan in the existing hole on the wall of following sweeps with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required complete and as directed by the Department.

27.3.1 ORIENT make or equivalent Usha make

27.3.1.2 Air Circulator wall fan 600 mm sweep Turbo force Each 16

23/SB8.21 Supplying with fitting and fixing of electronic modular fan speed controller 2 - module type MODEL RANGE LEGRAND (MYRIUS), ANCHOR (VIOLA), MK (WRAPAROUND/ PLUS), ABB (CHEIRON), KOLORS (KREST), SCHNEIDER (VIVACE), CRABTREE including making necessary connection as per direction of department.

SB8.21.1 100 watt electronic modular 4 step speed control 2 - module type

Each 553

24/29/1 Supplying with installation testing and commissioning of Hi -- wall 4 STAR rating non ducted split type air conditioner of the following capacity with cordless remote complete with indoor and outdoor unit, copper pipe and electrical connection as approved by the Deptt.)up to 5 m between the room unit and out door unit as directed by the department.

2 Ton capacity

(Carrier make) estrella R410 Each 4

66 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

25/31.1 Supplying with fitting and fixing Voltage stabilizer of the following specification complete including making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt. (SKYLAND / Vee-Dee / V GUARD / VERTEX/ INDO/ VENUS make)

31.1.8 5.0 KVA Automatic Input 90-280 V Out put 200-240 V

Each 4

26/SB8.63 Supplying with fitting and fixing of Single Phase Modular Motor Starter switch of the following specification complete including making necessary connection as specified and directed by the deptt.

SB8.63.3 Overload Relay Range 16 - 25 Amps in 3 Module

Each 4

27/15.2 Supplying with fitting and fixing sheet steel, phosphatised, powder painted dust & vermin proof Double door IP-43 surface mounting SPN MCB DB incorporated with bas-bar, Neutral link, Earth bar and din rail etc fitted on wall with grouting nuts & bolts as reqd. complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.

15.2.1 ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)

15.2.1.3 8 way SPN double door Each 9

28/15.8 Supplying with fitting and fixing sheet steel, phosphatised, powder painted dust & vermin proof Double door IP-43 double door surface mounting TPN MCB DB incorporated with bas-bar, Neutral link, Earth bar and din rail etc fitted on wall with grouting nuts & bolts as reqd. complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.

15.8.1 ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)

15.8.1.2 6way TPN (4+18) double door Each 24

29/16.1 Supplying with fitting and fixing single Pole 10 KA 240/415V 50Hz MCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.

16.1.2 C Series (Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)

16.1.2.1 6-32A Each 450

67 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

30/16.6 Supplying with fitting and fixing 4P 10 KA 240/415V 50Hz MCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.

16.6.2 C Series (ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)

16.6.2.3 63A Each 26

31/16.7 Supplying with fitting and fixing 30/100/300mA sensitivity 240/415V 50Hz DP RCCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.

16.7.1 30mA sensitivity DP RCCB (ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)

16.7.1.2 40A Each 12

32/16.8 Supplying with fitting and fixing 30/100/300mA sensitivity 240/415V 50Hz 4P RCCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.

16.8.2 100/300mA sensitivity 4P RCCB (ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)

16.8.2.3 63A Each 26

33/17.13 Supplying including installation, commissioning of vermin and dust proof totally enclosed cubical indoor type floor/wall mounting compartmentalize panel board of size 1.35M X 1.20MX 0.40M made of 16 SWG1.66 m thick C.R. sheet and 35mm X 35mm X 5mm size angle having 4 no legs at the bottom complete painting with 2 coats of Red Oxide metal primer and 2 coats of enamel paint. The panel board is to be erected in 1 : 3 : 6 PCC foundation including brick soling / grouting etc. complete neatly Wiring done with provision for one no 125/160A 4pole MCCB or Switch Fuse Unit as incomer and provision for 6nos DP or TPN out going as specified and directed by the deptt. confirming to IP 43 protection comprising of the following electrical items:

68 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

1. 20mm X 3mm4 strip copper Bus-Bar 0.6 M length each

2. Digital 3 Phase Voltmeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no

3. Digital 3 Phase Ammeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no

4. Pilot Lamp with integral ckt LED 110- 230 V (Red, Yellow,& Blue - 3 no

5. Voltmeter & Ammeter Selector Switch - 2 no

6. 2 A Slide fuse unit - 3nos

(Incoming & Outgoing Switch Gear of reqd. rating will be measured and paid separately)

Each 6

34/17.14 Supplying including installation, commissioning of vermin and dust proof totally enclosed cubical indoor type floor/wall mounting compartmentalize panel board of size 1.50M X 1.60MX 0.40M made of 16 SWG1.66 m thick C.R. sheet and 40mm X 40mm X 5mm size angle having 4 no legs at the bottom complete painting with 2 coats of Red Oxide metal primer and 2 coats of enamel paint. The panel board is to be erected in 1 : 3 : 6 PCC foundation including brick soling / grouting etc. complete neatly Wiring done with provision for one no 400A 4pole MCCB or Switch Fuse Unit as incomer and provision for 8nos DP or TPN out going as specified and directed by the deptt. confirming to IP 43 protection comprising of the following electrical items:

1. 40mm X 5mm 4 strip copper Bus - Bar 1.50 M length each

i 20mm X 3mm 4 strip copper Bus-Bar 0.5M each 8 sets

2. Digital 3 Phase Voltmeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no

3. Digital 3 Phase Ammeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no

4. Pilot Lamp with integral ckt LED 110- 230 V (Red, Yellow,& Blue - 3 no

5. Voltmeter & Ammeter Selector Switch - 2 no

6. 2 A Slide fuse unit - 3nos

69 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

(Incoming & Outgoing Switch Gear of reqd. rating will be measured and paid separately)

Each 1

35/16.40 Supplying with fitting and fixing panel mounting open execution 25 KA 415V 50Hz 3P MCCB (Ics=Icu, adjustable Ir setting 0.7) without enclosure) of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.),as specified and directed by the deptt.

25 KA 415V 50 Hz 3P MCCB (Havells, HPL, Indo Asian make)

i)63A Each 26

ii)125A Each 8

36/ECB5.1 Supplying including installation testing and commissioning of 100kVAr, 440V APFC Panel Non-Compartmentalized Type, Free Standing, Floor Mounted

rated Output 100kVAr

rated Voltage 440V

rated Frequency 50Hz

Number of phases 3 Phase

Switching Option Auto-Manual

ENCLOSURE DETAILS

Material CRCA

Thickness of sheet steel Frame & Doors: 2.0mm, Partitions: 1.6mm, Gland plate: 3.0mm

Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 800 x 1800 x 600 (Approx) + (250 mm for plinth & fan hook

Ingress Protection IP 42

Installation Type Indoor

Cable Entry Bottom

Colour RAL 7035 - Light Grey

BUSBAR DETAILS

Material Aluminium

Cross Section (mm) 40 x 10 x 1 Run

Bus bar Supports DMC Moulded

CAPACITORS

Heavy Duty @ 440V

No of Steps 5

Incomer MCCB, 200A, 36kA CVS Type

Switching Capacitor Duty Contactors

Step Protection MCB/MCCB

APFC RELAY

INCOMER MCCB, 200A, 36kA CVS Type 1

70 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

Digital Volt - Amp Freq meter 1

Phase Indicating Lamps (L1, L2, L3) 3

Current Transformer - 200/5A 3

APFC Relay 1

Fans 1

Control Circuit Protection - MCB 2

Step Indicating Lamps 10

On / Off push buttons 10

Step protection - MCCB, CVS Type, 25kA - 100A 1 Set 1

37/32.1 Supply and laying of following size PVC/XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed 1.1 KV G Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988 armoured U.G. cable U.G. cable laid in ground/partially in air (as required for termination over ground including excavation of cable trench up to depth of 75cm, refilling, protective brick covering, Sand cushioning etc complete handling of surplus spoil, debris et to proper place as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make) .

32.1.3 3&1/2core A2XFY

32.1.3.4 70.00 Sq. mm.3 & 1/2 Core armoured U.G. cable Mtr 100

32.1.3.7 150.00 Sq. mm.3 & 1/2 Core armoured U.G. cable Mtr 160

71 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

38/32.5 Supply and laying of following size Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988, LT armoured U.G. cable laid in pucca flooring, road crossing, drain crossing as per site requirement and partially in air to connection as approved by the Depts. the control switch, through medium duty G.I. pipe (Tata/ Nezone make or equivalent as approved by the Deptt) bend and socket including excavation and refilling the trench and making good damage done as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make)

32.5.3 3&1/2core A2XWY,A2XFY

32.5.3.4 70.00 Sq.mm 3&1/2 Core U.G. cable in 50mm dia medium duty hot dip galvanised pipe (AKG or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.)

Mtr 300

32.5.3.7 150.00 Sq.mm 3&1/2 Core U.G. cable in 65mm dia medium duty hot dip galvanised pipe (AKG or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.)

Mtr 50

39/SB15.1 Supplying installation, testing and commissioning of Passenger Elevator(KONE make for 3stop(544 K 8 persons) having contract speed of 0.65 Metre/Sec(approx.)mps serving different floor in the existing lift shaft as per detailed specification enclosed and as under

Location of the lift-

1.Type & Capacity-Passenger-08 Persons-544Kg.

2.Speed- 0.65 Metre./Sec (approx.)

72 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE

OFFERED IN

WORDS


IN WORDS

3.Type of Drive- Variable Voltage Variable Frequency Drive with Microprocessor based Simplex Full Collective Control.

4. Location of Machine Room- Top

5. Available Travel- 7.2 metres. ( Maximum)

6. Serving- Ground Floor to 2nd Floor (0,1,2) 3 Stops 3 Levels 3 Openings

7. Well Size- 1850 mm WideX 1850 mm Deep over the finished surface

8. Power supply- 415 Volts 3 phase, 50 cycles alternating current

9. Auxiliary required:-single phase-220V,50cycle alternating current.

10. Auxiliary Required- Single-phase 220 V 50 Cycles alternating current.

11. Cab size (Clear Inside approx.---1300mm wideX1100 mm Deep.

12. Pit Depth--1600 mm

13. Head Room-4800 mm.

14. Car Enclosure- Stainless Steel Car- Hairline Finish.

15. Flooring- PVC Flooring

16. Electric Light- Fluorescent Light Fittings

17. Fan- 300 mm Sweep one number.

18. No of Entrances- One Location - Front.

19. Car Entrance- Centre Opening Stainless Steel Power Door without vision panel.

20. Landing Entrance- Centre Opening Stainless Steel Power Door without vision panel.

21. Clear Opening- 800 mm Wide X 2000 mm High.

22. Indicators-Car & Landings-Direction & Position Indicator.

Other Features --Emergency Alarm & Light.

Call Registration LEDS .

OSG Electronic Switch.

Fireman Drive

Intercom.

Full Length Infra Red door Safety.

KONE Rescue Device. Job 3

73 | P a g e


UNIT RATE

OFFERED


UNIT RATE OFFERED IN WORDS

TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED IN WORDS

40/2.6 Wiring for circuit wiring with P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) wiring system.

2.6.2 With 3 x 1.5 sq. mm. cable in 20 mm dia. 2mm thick/ heavy rigid PVC IS: 9537 Part - III conduit. Mtr 5000

41/29.7 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Air cooled Ceiling Suspended Duct able Split type Air conditioners of following capacities suitable for refrigerant R22/R407C with outdoor unit consisting of hermetically sealed imported power efficient Scroll compressors, condenser coil and condenser fan and indoor unit consisting of evaporating coil, blower fan, motor & filter. Both cooling coil & condenser coil will be made up of copper-internally grooved with slit fins, anti corrosion blue fins along. The control system shall be microprocessor bases with following safety inbuilt: HP/LP cut-out, SPPR (protection against single phasing & reverse polarity) In-built thermal/temperature protection. Microprocessor controller is provided with following features: Auto switch on or off of memory back up of settings Auto restart after power failure Runtime equalisation of the compressors Built-in time delay to protect compressors Fault diagnostics to facilities speedy correction The cost of the machines will also include 20G hard drawn copper refrigerant piping properly saddles using wall spacers.

29.7.5 16.6Tr Each 2

42/32.5 Load security to be paid to local APDCL Authority. KW 180

74 | P a g e

EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION:-


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)

Unit Rate offered in

words

Total Amt offered in

words

1/35.1

Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of the following capacity Copper wound out door type sub-station complete with transformer,HT/LT side fittings and all other following accessories as required complete including payment of ASEB's supervision charge, labour charge, cost of ASEB's materials like metering equipment, CT/PT set etc.(excluding payment of load security),arrangement of charging approval of sub-station from Chief Electrical inspectorate and consisting of the followings:

35.1.6) 250KVA,50Hz,11/.433KV oil filled

transformer with off circuit tap change. Each 1

2/22.7

Installation of earth station with 40mm dia and 4.5 mtr. long GI pipe with necessary GI reducing socket 40mmx20mm size locking arrangement with hinged cover plate, funnel, GI nuts, thorough bolts etc.for putting pipe and refitting with necessary enclosure on the top etc. as required complete.

Each 6

3/22.12

Extra for using salt 5Kg and charcoal 64 Kg. for pipe earth electrode as required.

Each 6

4/22.15

Supplying and laying with 6 SWG GI earth wire at 0.50 mtr. below ground level or conductor earth electrode including soldering, excavation work and refitting etc.as required complete.

Mtr 120

75 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

5/41.4

Supplying including installation, testing and commissioning of Water Cooled Jackson Diesel Generator set coupled to suitable alternator of 415 V, AC, 3-Phase 0.8 p.f.(la mounted on a 1) M.S. Fabricated base frame.,2) M.S. fuel tank of required capacity.,3) Residual Silencer.,4) AMF/Standard Control Panel.5) Suitable batteries with lead.,5) First fill of lube oil.,6) Acoustic Enclosure complete with all accessories as specified and directed by the department conforming to IS comprising the following Technical Specification.. (RANGE FROM 15 KVA TO 625 KV

41.4.21

TECHNICAL DATA CJ250D5P GENERATOR SET SPECIFICATIONS 250/200 3. No. of Phases. 3 phase. 4. POWER FACTOR 0.8 LAG JACKSON ENGINE SPECIFICATION. 1. make). Cummins 2. Model. 6CTA-8.3-G4 3. No. of Cylinders. 6 4. Aspiration. TURBO CHARGED AIR TO AIR COOLED 5. Cooling. Water Cooled. 6. Governor. Electronic 7. Battery Capacity Rating. 2x12 Volt. 8. FUEL CONSUMPTION LTR/HR @ 75% LOAD 40.8 ALTERNATOR SPECIFICATION. 1. make). CGT (STAMFOR 2. Voltage Regulation. +/- 1.0% 3. Insulation. Class - H. 4. Standard Enclosure. IP 23 5. No. of Phases. 3

41.4.21.2

WITH AMF CONTROL PANEL Each 1

76 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

6/23.8

Supplying, erection, testing and commissioning of 25 M high mast system with its accessories such as foundation bolts manufactured from special steel along with nuts, washers, anchor plates and templates, non-integral flood light luminaries with 2 nos 400 W HPSVT lamps and its control gear boxes (Bajaj/ Crompton/ Wipro/ HPL/ Solar/ Philips make) twin dome aviation obstruction lights of with Neon spiral lamps, control panel housing 32 A TPN MCB incomer, single dial timer contactor circuit for the automatic control of luminaries, outgoing terminals and control circuit for the power tool motor. Mast shaft shall be in two sections, hot dip galvanised and suitable for wind velocity as per IS 875. It shall also include accessories for high mast including head frame, steel rope 6 mm dia ( 7 / 19 construction) , trailing cable, double drum winch, Galvanised Lantern carriage arrangement suitable for 9 luminaries symmetrically & its control gear boxes and lightning finial. The mast shall be erected on suitable shallow foundation with 1 : 2 : 4 concrete for the high mast considering the safe soil bearing capacity at site as 10 T / Sq meter at 2 metre depth. The mast shall have an integral power tool installed inside the base compartment for its operation.(BAJAJ/ SRB/VALMONT/ PHILIPS/ PARUTHI ENGR make)

Supply of foundation bolts manufactured from special steel along with nuts, washers, anchor plates and templates.

Supply of 9 nos. non-integral flood light luminaries with two nos 400 W HPSVT lamps and its control gear boxes.

Supply of twin dome aviation obstruction lights of with Neon spiral lamps.

77 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

Supply of control panel housing 32 A TPN MCB incomer, single dial timer contactor circuit for the automatic control of luminaries, outgoing terminals and control circuit for the power tool motor.

Construction of suitable shallow foundation with 1 : 2 : 4 concrete for the high mast considering the safe soil bearing capacity at site as 10 T / Sq meter at 2 metre depth with all materials and labour.

Erection of the high mast with the help of suitable equipments and Wiring of luminaries with all Wiring materials and labour.

provision of GI pipe earthing for high mast with 2.5 m long 40 mm dia GI pipe including connection as approved by the Deptt.)to high mast terminal with 25 x 3 mm GI strip with all materials and labour. ( 2 nos per mast require .

Erection of the above panel on suitable foundation including all materials and labour. Each 2

6/23.11

Supplying including installation, connection as approved by the Deptt.)with 2x2.5 sq mm copper FR cable, testing and commissioning of following BOLLARD LIGHT on Cement concrete foundation including lamp, driver, ballast as required complete as directed and specified by the deptt.

23.11.2

FGC 1 2X PLS /2P 9W, Philips make) . or equivalent (Equivalent will be selected by the deptt considering the mother items rate) WIPRO/ JAQUAR make. Each 35

78 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

7/26.3

Supply with fitting & fixing 60 mm dia 3660 mm height 2-in-one combination double arm integrated with acrylic diffusers, translucent top, bottom clear , black powder painted finish tubular pole .The pole is made of GI tube with GI cylindrical control box with service door and a circular base plate . The pole is swaged at the top to accommodate double arm bracket assembly, secured on to the top by means of 2 annular rings with Allen grub screws .The luminaries is designed for and integral with 2 nos 36 W CFL suitable for operation on 240 V 50 Hz single phase AC supply . The pole is to be fitted on 1:3:6 PCC pole foundation of size 300 mmx300 mmx1200 mm with grouting nuts & bolts as specified & directed by the deptt .(Metal Coats make).KALINGA-2 model or equivalent. Each 30

8/32.1

Supply and laying of following size PVC/XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed 1.1 KV G Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988 armoured U.G. cable U.G. cable laid in ground/partially in air (as required for termination over ground including excavation of cable trench up to depth of 75cm, refilling, protective brick covering, Sand cushioning etc complete handling of surplus spoil, debris et to proper place as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make) .

32.1.1.

1 4.00mm2 2core U.G.Cable. mtr 200

79 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

9/32.5

Supply and laying of following size Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988, LT armoured U.G. cable laid in pucca flooring, road crossing, drain crossing as per site requirement and partially in air to connection as approved by the Depts. the control switch, through medium duty G.I. pipe (Tata/ Nezone make or equivalent as approved by the Deptt) bend and socket including excavation and refilling the trench and making good damage done as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make)

32.5.1

Core - 2 A2XWaY A2XFaY

32.5.1.

1

4.00mm2 4core U.G.Cable in 25mm dia GI pipe mtr 600

10New1

Supplying including installation with required bracket, connection cable, as approved by the Deptt. with 2x2.5 sqmm copper FR CABLE, testing and commissioning of the following street light/ FLOOD LIGHT on existing pole/ Structure including lamp, driver, ballast as required complete as directed and specified by the deptt.

New1.1

Philips 120 W, Uniflood integral flood light with driver inside a PDC housing highly efficient, reliable and sturdy Model BVP120 LED 70 CW NB FG S1 PSU GR or equivalent as approved by the Deptt. Each 46

80 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

11/39.7.4

Supplying including installation, connection as approved by the Deptt., testing and commissioning of SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SET 3 (Three Phase) with steel cable rope and submersible cable complete as directed and specified by the deptt.

Three phase Submersible motor pump set (Texmo / Crompton Greaves/ Aquatic/ CRI/ V-Guar suitable for 100 mm bore well and above. 3 HP STAGE 7 to 40 with MCB controlled Submersible motor pump set control panel. Each 2

12/36.40

Construction of 3 phase 11 KV Line on 8.5 m PSC Pole using AAA Raccoon conductor 7/3.81mm with T cross arm average span 70m. Km 0.50

13/EC6.2

Supplying including installation, testing and commissioning of Solar Street light as per following specification and as directed by the Department.

15 W LED SOLAR STREET LIGHT [Confirming RDSO Specification No: RDSO/PE/SPEC/PS/0093-2008(Rev 0)]

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION 15 W LED based luminaries/fixture

(1500 Lumens –typical). LED Type: White High Powered

LED’s 5500-6500 K temperature.

81 | P a g e


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(R

s)


words


words

Automatic Dusk to Dawn Operate ion. Independent standalone Solar Street Lighting System.

Powered by a 12V, 80 Wp Solar PV Module confirming RDSO Part-I Approval & IEC: 61215

Certification. (Model: TBP 1280/ 1280M). (make: TATA BP SOLAR or equivalent)

12V, 75Ah @ C10, Tubular Plate Lead Acid Low Maintenance Battery with PP Container

(make: TATA BP SOLAR or equivalent).

Battery Box made of M.S fabricated with corrosion resistance paint.

6m height MS Pole with corrosion resistance paint.

Manufacturers Criteria:

Must have ISO: 9001 & ISO: 14001 Certification.

(As per Annexure A: Clause no: b, Page 10)

Must have integrated production capacity of Solar PV Cell & Module.

(As per Annexure A: Clause no: d, Page: 10)

SUGGESTED UNIT PRICE

Unit Cost Without Installation & Commissioning) Each 30

Installation & Commissioning Charges Each 30

Note:-This estimate is prepared on the basis of APWD(Electrical)Schedule 2014.

82 | P a g e

SANITARY WORKS

SL.

NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT

QUA

NTIT

Y

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words


words

EUROPEAN TYPE WATER CLOSET

1 Providing fitting and fixing vitreous china pedestal type water closet (European type W.C pan 400mm high ) with seat and lead ,CP brass hinges and rubber buffers , CI/MS brackets , 40 mm dia flush band with fittings including painting of fittings and brackets, required. (Flushing Cistern to be paid separately)

C) Jaquar make

a) White

(ii) Size 550 x 350 x 360 (Cat No.CNS-WHT-WS02) (inclusive of seat cover)

Each 75.00

INDIAN TYPE WATER CLOSET

2 Providing fitting and fixing vitreous water closet squatting pan (Indian type W.C Orissa pattern) with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good to the walls and floors whereever required. (Flushing Cistern to be paid separately)

Indian type W.C Orissa pattern of size 580 x 440 mm

a) White

iii) Jaquar make Each 5.00

PVC FLUSHING CISTERN

Supplying, fiting and fixing PVC flushing cistern with all internal fittings with CI brackets including fitting and fixing standard size CP flush pipe, union clamps etc. compete as directed and specified (pipes will be measured separately)

i) Parryware make

a) White

(i)Economy Single Flush (Cat No.C8090/C8055)

Each 80

Providing fitting and fixing vitreous china flat back type lipped front urinal basin with standard flush pipe and CP brass spreader andbrass unions, etc. complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls & floors wherever required.

(B) Hindware Make

(iv) FB 460 x 350 x 260 (Cat. No.60001)

Each 46

83 | P a g e

SL.


QUA

NTIT

Y

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words


words

WASH BASIN

3 Providing vitreous China wash basin with CI/MS brackets, C.P brass chain with plug,PVC waste pipe including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required. (Pillar cock, stop cocks, waste coupling are to be paid separately)

Basin (without pedestal)

(B) Hindware Make

(a) White

(iii) Viking 550 x 400 (Cat.No.10008) Each 70.00

4 LABORATORY SINK

Providing fitting & fixing laboratory sink of Parryware make with CI/MS brackets, C.P. brass chain with rubber plug, PVC waste pipe etc. complete including painting the fittings ,cutting &making good the walls wherever required. (Sink cock, stop cocks, waste coupling are to be paid separately.

(B) Hindware make

(a) White

(ii) Size 450 x 300 x 180 (Cat.No.50001) each 6.00

5 Providing fitting and fixing Mirror with plastic frame of size 500x400mm complete as directed and specified.

Each 48.00

6 Providing fitting and fixing Glass Shelf complete as directed and specified.

Glass shelf with C.P. guard rail

(i) Agmeco make

(e) Dolfee (Cat.No.DE-00104) Each 48.00

7 SOAP TRAY,SOAP DISH,LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER AND LIQUID SOAP CONTAINER

Providing, fitting and fixing recessed soap tray / soap dish complete as directed and specified.

(a) Parryware Make

(ii) Wall Soap tray (Cat. No.C9951) Each 36.00

8 Providing, fitting and fixing CP towel rail complete as directed and specified.

(b) Sona make

84 | P a g e

SL.


QUA

NTIT

Y

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words


words

(iii) Towel rail Diplomat 600mm long (Cat.No.TR-0605) Each 28.00

9 Providing, fitting and fixing Chrome Plated robe hook complete as directed and specified.

(a) Jaquar make

(i) Continental (Cat.No. ACN-1191N) Each 36.00

10 Providing, fitting and fixing Chrome Plated bottle trap complete as directed and specified.

(b) Sona make

(i) Bottle trap indian 32mm (Cat. No.BT-0751) Each 36.00

11 HCI PIPES,BENDS,JUNCTIONS,TEES ETC.

Supplying, fitting and fixing I.S.I marked or similar approved H.C.I pipe including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required and complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.

a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.

(i) 150mm dia. RM

245.0

0

(ii) 100mm dia. RM

126.0

0

(iii) 50mm dia. RM 115.00

b) Concealed by chiselling or breaking brick wall/C.C./R.C.C and making good to the damages.

(ii) 100mm dia. RM

240.0

0

(iii) 50mm dia. RM

115.0

0

12 Supplying, fitting and fixing H.C.I bend with door including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.


(i) 150mm dia. Each 56.00

(ii) 100mm dia. Each 52.00

(iii) 50mm dia. Each 44.00

b) Concealed by chiselling or breaking brick wall/C.C./R.C.C and making good to the damages.


85 | P a g e

SL.


QUA

NTIT

Y

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words


words

13 Supplying,fitting and fixing H.C.I plain bend including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.


(i) 150mm dia. Each 30.00


(iii) 50mm dia. Each 30.00

14 PVC PIPES,BENDS,JUNCTIONS,TEES ETC.

Supplying, fitting and fixing PVC pipes of 6 Kg/cm2 (Supreme/Prince) or other ISI approved including joining ,fitting and fixing wiyh clamps etc.as necessary complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.


(i) 160mm dia. R.m 240.0

0

(ii) 110mm dia. R.m 125.0

0

(v) 63 mm dia. R.m 115.00

15 Supplying fiting and fixing 87.5 degree PVC bend with door of (Supreme/Prince) or other ISI approved including joining , fitting and fixing etc. as necessary complete at all levels including below G.L. as directed and specified.


(i) 160mm dia Each 45.00


(iv) 75 mm dia. Each 45.00

16 Providing fitting and fixing PVC cowel of ISI make complete as directed and specified.

(ii) 110mm dia. PVC cowel of ISI make Each 42.00

17 Providing fiting & fixing C.I. Grating to the floors complete as directed and specified.

(a) 110mm dia Each 45.00

86 | P a g e

SL.


QUA

NTIT

Y

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words


words

18 Supplying fiting and fixing PVC reducing Tee of (Supreme/Prince) or other ISI approved including joining , fitting and fixing etc. as necessary complete at all levels including below G.L. as directed and specified.


(i) 160mm x 110 mm Each 38.00

19 Supplying, fitting and fixing H.C.I plain single equal junction/plain tee including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.



20 SOAK PIT AND INSPECTION CHAMBER

21 Construction of filter bed in soak pit including earth work in excavation of soil and then filling up of the trench with brick bats/Charcoal covered with earth over a layer of A.C. plain sheet above brick bat filling complete as directed. (sizes of soak pit may vary depending on the sizes and capacities of the septic tank as well as the number of users as mentioned in the table.

cum 32.00

Construction of inspection pit inside measurement 450mm x450mm x450mm flush with 100mm diameter HCI/PVC pipes and cement concrete base in proportion 1:3:6 over flat brick soling, 12cm brick wall in cement mortar in proportion 1:4 finished with 13mm cement plaster in proportion 1:2 in side wall and floor. 450mm x450mm air tight C.I. inspection pit cover and frame complete including supplying of materials, necessary excavation of pit as directed. Each 25.00

22 Providing fitting and fixing 450mm dia. 90mm thick C.I. Man hole cover and frame of 19 Kg. weight complete as directed and specified

Each

23 Providing fitting and fixing (600x600)mm 90mm thick C.I. Man hole cover and frame of 25 Kg. weight complete as directed and specified

Each 16.00

87 | P a g e

88 | P a g e

INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY WORKS

SL.

NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS

UNI

T

QUAN

TITY

Unit Rate offered(R

s) Total Amt

offered(Rs)


words


words

1 Supplying fitting and fixing G.I. Pipes

of following sizes, with all necessary

'R' brand or similar approved G.I.

Fittings such as bend, tee, elbow,

reducer, nipple, plug, long screw

fitting, H.W. clamps etc.complete at

all levels including below G.L. as

directed and specified.

(A) Exposed on walls

a) 50 mm dia (Medium)

i) Using Tata make

R.M.

226.0

0

b) 40 mm dia (Medium)

i) Using Tata make

R.M.

135.0

0

c) 32 mm dia (Medium)

i) Using Tata make

R.M.

126.0

0

d) 25 mm dia (Medium)

i) Using Tata make R.M. 86.00

e) 20mm dia (Medium)


(B) Concealed by chieselling or

breaking brick wall/ C.C. wall/ R.C.C.

wall and making good to the

damaged structure.

f) 15 mm dia (Medium)


2 Supplying fitting and fixing C.P. bib

cock 15mm dia of approved brand

directed and specified. (G.I. & C.P

pipes will be measured separately)

Jaquare make

(a)Continental /Clarion

(i)Standard Each 76.00

3 STOP COCK Supplying fitting and fixing chrome

plated (C.P.) stop-cock of approved

brand and size as mentioned below

as directed and specified.(G.I. & C.P

pipes will be measured and paid

separately)

89 | P a g e

SL.


UNI

T

QUAN

TITY

Unit Rate offered(R

s) Total Amt

offered(Rs)


words


words

Jaquar

(i)15mm dia Male / Female (long

thread) Each 58.00

PUSH BIB COCK

Supplying fitting and fixing push bib

cock 15mm dia complete as directed

and specified as follows. (pipes will

be measured and paid separately).

a) C.P.C.H.

(a) Light type Each 22.00

(b) Heavy type Each 10.00

PILLAR COCK

4 Supplying and fitting fixing C.P. pillar

cock of 15mm dia of approved

brand as specified and directed.

Jaguar make

(a) Continental Each 28.00

(b)Long neck with areator

Each 12.00

Agmeco (classic)

Elbow action pillar cock (Agmeco)

(b) MS-491/ Heavy Duty Each 12.00

5 SINK COCK Supplying fitting and fixing Chrome

Plated (C.P.) sink cock of approved

brand as directed and specified. (G.I.

& C.P pipes will be measured and

paid separately)

Jaquar brand

ii) Sink cock with raised 'J' shaped

swinging spout

Each 10.00

VALVE

7 Supplying and fitting gun metal

country pit valve (full way valve)

I.S.I. Make as specified and

directed.

a) 50mm dia Each 10.00

8 Supplying and placing plastic

cylindrical vertical claused top

(PCVC) tank of Sintex / Polycon /

Patton make over the stagging with

manhole cover with locking and

cleaning arrangement including

providing pads of size as required

for inlet and outlet pipes

2000 Lt capacity

90 | P a g e

SL.


UNI

T

QUAN

TITY

Unit Rate offered(R

s) Total Amt

offered(Rs)


words


words

(a) Sintex make Each 6

9 Labour for test boring with 40mm

(internal) dia G.I. Pipes including

keeping surplus of earth and every

2.00m after first 3.00m depth and

delivering the same in nearest

P.W.D. camp in the small tin

container (container, scaffolding,

tools etc. will have to be arranged

by the contractor at his own cost). Rm 200

10 Labour for boring hole for inserting

tube well pipes through different

soil/ rock media including hire

charges of drill pipes, scaffolding,

tools and plants as necessary and

taking out the same and lowering

pipes, fittings complete as directed

by the Department.

vi) Bore hole of 200mm diameter

Rm 200

11 Supplying, fitting and fixing pipes

plain/bevel ended for casing,

conforming to relevant IS codes of

practice including supplying and

fitting of tube well accessories,

lowering of assembly pipes

concentrically in the borehole

followed by supplying and packing

of pea gravel free from dirt, dust

and other foreign materials in the

annular space between the

borehole and assembly pipes

complete as directed by the

Department.

PVC PIPE

SUPREME /PRINCE / FUSION /SFMC

Brand

vii) 160mm diameter Rm 200

12 Supplying, fitting and fixing suction

pipes plain/bevel ended,

conforming to relevant IS codes of

practice including supplying and

fitting of accessories, lowering of

assembly pipes concentrically in the

casing pipes complete as directed.

A) G.I. pipe

a) TATA / SAIL (Medium)socket

should be welded to the pipes.

iv) 50mm diameter Rm 200.0

91 | P a g e

SL.


UNI

T

QUAN

TITY

Unit Rate offered(R

s) Total Amt

offered(Rs)


words


words

13 Supplying fitting and fixing brass

Tez filter 2.00 metre long.

Each 8.00

14 Supplying fitting and fixing check

valve (non return valve) including

thread to pipes.

iv) 50mm diameter Each 8.00

15 Development of the tube well with

compressor or by over pumping unit

for 48 hours till sand free discharge

is obtained job 1.00

16 Flushing, clearing, washing and

watering of the tube well job 1.00

17 Supplying, installation and

commisioning of submessible

pump from underground

reservoir to PVC overhead reservor of hospital and

quarters. each 2.00

IRON REMOVAL WATER FILTER

18 Supplying fitting and fixing iron

removal filter filling with treated

sand, pebbles, manganishdioxide

and other required materials of

various filtration rate per hour of

DOLPHIN make with all necessary

fittings such as valve,bib cock,pipe

connection etc.with a free

maintanance period of six monthhs

(A) With Zoloto fittings

(IV) 10000 liters capacity (a) 4 mm thick Vessel

Each 3.00

92 | P a g e

Sewage treatment plant & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM

SL.

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF

ITEMS UNIT

QUANTI

TY

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

RAINWATER HERVESTING

SYSTEM

For R.C.C Roof

Providing,Fixing, testing

&Commissioning of Rain

water Hervesting system

for 1000 sq.feet roof area

with 110 mm uPVC pipe

of Class-3 conforming to

IS:4985-200 (with

uptodate amendment)

with extra UV ray

protection by Titanium

Dioxide(TiO2) directing

the Rainwater to Rainy

filter/Pop-up raintap filter

(Excluding Civil Works)

Each

10.00

Sewage treatment plant

1 Attached growth aerobic

Sewage treatment System

with FRP treatment

chamber with all

components including

Tertiary filtration system

and clorine dosing system

to achieve treated water

quality suitable for reuse

or discharge as per CPCB

norms.

e) Capacity-40 KLD each 1.00

93 | P a g e

Sewage treatment plant & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM

SL.

NO.

DESCRIPTION

OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY

Unit Rate offered(Rs)


Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

1 Controller , Call

Station , Keypad Nos 2.00

2 Ceiling Mounted

Speaker 6W

Nos 15.00

3 Wall mount speaker

12W

Nos 20.00

4 Amplifier Nos 2.00

5 SITC of 19-inch

Equipment Rack

with standardized

(EIA 310-D, IEC

60297 and DIN

41494 SC48D) frame

or enclosure for

mounting multiple

PA controllers, CD

player, FM sources,

Amplifiers etc

modules, shall have

Lockable doors,

with proper

ventilated and open

able doors from all

sides, with casters

and with cooling

fans as above

complete with

necessary mounting

hardware &

accesories.

Nos 2.00

6 SITC of

Professional

CD/DVD player with

USB flash port & 19"

Rack mount

arrangement

Nos 2.00

7 SITC of 2-Core 1.5

sq.mm Shielded

FRLS Cable Nos 250.00

94 | P a g e

( CH-29: FIRE-FIGHTING WORKS ) & NS Items

SL.No. Description Quantity Unit



Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

A. HYDRANT SYSTEM

1 Providing,Fixing, testing

&Commissioning of Single Headed Gun

Metal ISI Marked oblique pattern

Hydrant Landing Valve with 80 mm dia,

flanged inlet & 63 mm dia

instantaneous type female outlet

complete with cap and chain, twist

release lug and all accessories as per

IS:5290-19833 (Type-'A') and

specifications complete as reequired .

(MAKE:ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE)

18 each

2 Providing controlled percolating (C.P.)

hose ISI Marked (IS:8423) 63 mm dia X

15 M long complete with instantaneous

type Gun Metal 63 mm dia ISI Marked

male & female couplings (IS:903) bound

& riveted to hose pipes with copper

rivets and copper wire complete as

required.

(MAKE: NIRMAL RUBBER/NEWAGE)

12 each

3 Providing RRL Hose with ISI Marked

(IS:636) 63 mm dia X15 M long

complete with instantaneous type Gun

Metal 3 mm dia ISI Marked male &

female couplings (IS:903) bound &

riveted to hose pipes with copper rivets

and copper wire complete as reqd.

( MAKE: NIRMAL RUBBER/NEWAGE)

24 each

95 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

4 Providing & fixing of weather proof

hose cabinets fabricated from 16 S.W.G.

M.S. Sheet with centre opening full

front glass door and locking

arrangement, suitable to accommodate

one landing valve (Yard Hydrant ),

2nos.15M long hoses and 1 no. Branch

pipe with nozzle . The cabinet shall be

painted with one coat of primer and 2

or more coats of synthetic enamel paint

of approved make & shade and shall be

suitably mounted on a raised masonry

platform complete as reqd.(Make:self

Fabricated)

4.1 a) 900X600X450 12 each

4.2 b) 2000 X 1200 X450 12 each

5 Providing & Fixing of Gun Metal 63 mm

dia Short Branch Pipe with 20 mm dia

nozzle, ISI marked (IS:903) complete as

required.

(Make: ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE).

26 each

6

Providing & Fixing of Gun Metal fire

Brigade Connection (inlet collection

head) consisting of 63mm

instantaneous type male coupling with

built in check valves and 150 mm dia

flanged outlet complete with bolts, nuts

and rubber insertions as per IS:904-

1983 complete as reqd.

MAKE: ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE

6.1 a) 02 way 2 each

6.2 b) 04 way 1 each

96 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

7 Providing & fixing of Gun Metal fire

Brigade connection (withdrawl

connecting head) consisting of 63mm

instantaneous type male coupling with

built in check valves and 150mm dia

flanged outlet complete with bolts, nuts

and rubber insertions as per IS:904-

1983 complete as reqd.

MAKE: ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE

7.1 a) 2 way 2 each

7.2 b) 4 way 1 each

8

Providing & Fixing of Weather Proof

M.S. Cabinet (to enclose above Inlet

Collection Head Connection) fabricated

from 16 S.W.G. M.S. sheet centre

opening with 3 mm thick full front glass

door and locking arrangement duly

painted with one coat of primer and

two or more coasts of synthetic enamel

paint of appreoved make and shade and

suitably mounted. Exact size and shape

shall be subject to site conditions and

prior approval.

(Make:Self Fabricated)

1 each

9 Providing & fixing of Gun Metal fire

Brigade suction hose coupling (draw out

connection) with nut for female

coupling as per IS:902-1974 complete

with 150 mm dia GI suction pipe and

foot valve (to be connected to static

Tank) complete as reqd.(Make: Self

Fabricated)

2 each

97 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

10 Providing & fixing of Weather Proof

M.S. cabinet (to enclose above draw out

connection) fabricated from 16SWG

M.S. sheet centre opening with 3mm

thick full front glass door and locking

arrangement duly painted with one coat

of primer and two or more coats of

synthetic enamel paint of appreoved

make and shade and sutable mounted .

Exact size and shape shall be subject to

site conditions and prior approval)

(Make: Self Fabricated)

2 each

11 Providing ,Fixing ,Testing &

Commissioning of Air Release Valve

11.1 a) 25 mm dia 4 each

13 Providing,Fixing,Testing &

Commissioning of Mild Steel Black

Pipe(IS:1239part-I) Heavy class including

cutting, screwing, welding etc.complete

with all fittings (butt welded) viz

flanges, bends, tees, elbows, reducers

etc including excavation (upto 1.5 m

Deep), back filling and removal of

surplus soil & providing anti corrosive

treatment(coating and wrapping) as per

IS:10221 with 4 mm thick tape complete

as reqd.

(MAKE:TATA/JINDAL/NEZONE)

a) 200 mm dia 260 rm

13.1 b) 150 mm dia 126 rm

c) 100 mm dia 124 rm

d) 80 mm dia 65 rm

e) 65 mm dia 65 rm

f) 40 mm dia 65 rm

98 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

14 Supplying & Fixing Cast iron body Non

Return valves complete with matching

flanges, rubber insertion, nuts, bolts

and washer etc. (IS:5312) of following

sizes complete as reqd.

(Make:Koley/Kalpana/Audco)

(a) 150 mm dia 3 each

(c) 80 mm dia 1 each

15 Supplying & Fixing,cast iron body

Butterfly Valves with matching flanges,

rubber insertion, nuts, bolts and washer

etc (IS:13095) of following size complete

as reqd.

(MAKE:KOLEY/KALPANA/AUDCO)

15.1 (a) 200 mm dia 3 each

15.2 (b) 150 mm dia 3 each

15.3 (d) 80 mm dia 1 each

16 Providing, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of Cast Iron Sluice

Valve/ Gate Valve confirming to

IS:14846/2000 complete with

matching flanges, rubber insertion,

nuts, bolts and washer etc of following

size complete as required

(MAKE:KOLEY/KALPANA/AUDCO)

16.1 (a) 200 mm dia 2 each

17 Providing, erection testing,

Commissioning of Cast Iron Foot

Valve/Stainer confirming to

IS:4038/1538 complete with flanges,

nuts, bolts and washer etc as required

17.1 (a) 200 mm dia 2 each

99 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

18 Providing,erection testing &

commissioning of pressure gauge 100

mm dia (0-10Kg/cm2)

8 each

19 Providing ,erection,Testing &

Commissioning of Pressure Switch

(MAKE:INDFOSS)

5 each

21 Supply,installation,testing &

commissioning of 150 mm dia

installation control valve assembly

comprising of vertical wet alarm valve,

hydraulic alarm motor & gong, 15 mm

dia Test Valve, 50 mm dia , Drain Valve

and all necessary trimming connections

including 02 nos. pressure gauge as per

manufacturers catalogue complete as

reqd.(UL/FM/LPC Listed/Approved)

(Make : HD FIRE )

2 each

22 Supplying and laying of following size

NP2 class RCC Hume pipe i/c collars

jointed with stiff mixture of cement

morter 1:2 ( 1 cement:2 fine sand)

across the road including cutting the

road ( if reqd) digging the trench,

refilling the same after laying pipe,

ramming the soil etc as reqd.

22.1 (a) 400 mm dia 24 rm

22.2 (b) 300 mm dia 24 rm

23 Supplying, Installation, Testing &

Commissioning of First Aid Hose reel

drawn with 30 Mtrs. Long rubber hose

and G.M shut off nozzle, 25mm dia Gate

valve, Union pipe complete set

confirming to IS: 884.

18 each

100 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

26

Supply, Installation, Fixing of CARBON

DIOXIDE Fire Extinguisher confirming to

IS: 2878 with ISI Mark.(4.5 LITERS)

BRAND: FIRESTOP / FIREND /

FIRESHIELD

10 each

27

Supply, Installation, Fixing of ABC Stored

Pressure Fire Extinguisher with built – In

pressure Gauge to know the Ready ness

of the Extinguisher Squeeze Grip Handle

As per IS:13849 with ISI mark

(05 kg capacity)

BRAND : FIRESTOP / FIREND / FIRE

SHIELD

10 each

B. PUMPS AND MACHINERY-

ELECTRICALS

15 HP three Phase vertical multistage

high pressure centrifugal pump set 15

stage (Crompton Greaves/ Aquatic/ CRI/

V-Guard make) with Star delta Starter (

Crompton Greaves/ Control & Switch

Gear/ BCH/ L& T / Siemens make) Fully

Automatic citation

2

Each

101 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

EARTHING

34 Supply, installation & testing of Copper

Plate earth station with 600 mmx600

mmx3 mm copper earth plate with

necessary 40 mm dia. G.I. medium duty

watering pipe with G.I. Fittings such as

Socket, Tee, elbow, nipple and 50

mmx40 mm G.I. reducing socket for

funnel including locking arrangement

with 300 mmx300 mmx6 mm C.I.

hinged cover plate complete with

digging of earth pit, construction of

brick chamber and plastering of both

inner & outer surface of wall as

specified and directed by the deptt .

2 Each

35

Extra for using salt 5 Kg and Charcoal

96 Kg in G.I./Copper plate Earth Station

pit to provide low impedance ground in

location of high soil resistivity as and

when required and specified by the

deptt .

2 Each

36

Supplying & laying of 25x4 mm size

Copper strips drawn on surface from

earth electrode to Electrical switch

gears, machineries etc complete with

supply of Brass nuts & bolts, screws etc

including riveting, soldering & making

necessary connection as approved,

specified and directed by the deptt.

14

Metre.

102 | P a g e




Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

37 Supplying & laying of 25x6 mm size G.I.

strips drawn on surface from earth

electrode to Electrical switch gears,

machineries etc complete with supply of

G.I. nuts & bolts, screws etc including

riveting, soldering & making necessary

connection as approved, specified and

directed by the deptt.

42 Metre.

38 Supplying, installation of GI

PERFORATED cable tray on wall or from

ceiling including necessary channel, nuts

and bolts, washer etc. as required as

directed and specified by the

department. (LEGRAND/ AKG

/STRUTFAST make).

38.1 Size of Tray

38.2 76 20 Metre

38.3 101 25 Metre

38.4 304 40 Metre

103 | P a g e

CAMPUS ROAD & CARPARKING

SL.


UN

IT

QUANTI

TY

Unit

Rate

offered(

Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit

Rate

offere

d in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

1 Earthwork

Raising low site around the building

with approved soil obtained from

outside by truck carriage including

breaking clods, dressing etc.

complete including paying necessary

forest royelty, sales tax, land

compensation, municipal gate fees,

if any monopoly duty etc. (profile

measurement to be taken and

12.5% deduction for shrinkage to be

made from total quantity) etc.

complete as directed and specified.

(b) Other than Guwahati city Cum

1154.30

1.01

Construction of Sub-grade and

earthen shoulders with approved

materials obtained from borrow

pits, with all lifts & leads,

transporting to site, spreading,

grading to required slope and

compacting to meet requirement of

table 300-2 (including compensation

of earth ). (Including cost of testing

of materials at site and laboratory as

directed by the deptt.)

b) from Government land

Cu.m 1,154.30

104 | P a g e

SL.

NO

DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS

UN

IT

QUANTIT

Y

UNIT

RATE

OFFER

ED(Rs

)

TOTAL

AMT

OFFERE

D(Rs)

UNIT

RATE

OFFE

RED

in

WOR

DS

TOTAL

AMT

OFFERE

D in

WORDS

1.02

Construction of Granular sub-base

by providing close graded material,

spreading in uniform layers with

motor grader on prepared surface,

mixing by mix in place method with

rotavator at OMC, and compacting

with vibratory roller to achieve the

desired density, complete as per

Clause 401 of MoRTH specifications

(with an initial lead of 5 km)

(including cost of testing of

materials at site and laboratory as

directed by the deptt.)

(c)Using Grading III material

cum

577.15

105 | P a g e

SL.

No DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS

UN

IT

QUANTIT

Y

UNIT

RATE

OFFER

ED(Rs

)

TOTAL

AMT

OFFERED(

Rs)

UNIT

RATE

OFFE

RED

in

WOR

DS

TOTAL

AMT

OFFERED

in

WORDS

Providing and laying of inter

locking concrete block

pavement (ICBP) with cement

concrete paver blocks as per

IS 15658 - 2006 of thickness

80mm and 28days

compressive strength not less

than 30N / m over a layer of

bedding sand of compacred

thickness 30mm , laid either in

stretcher / running /

herringbone pattern of bonds

as directed by the engineer

and in proper level and grade

and compacted with

appropriate equipment such

as piat vibrator along with

spreading of a thin layer of

joint filling sand to fill up the

gaps between blocks including

constrution of edge restraint

wherever required complete

as per drawings and Technical

specification clause 1504 of

MORD.

sq.

m 11543.00

106 | P a g e

Landscaping

SL.


QUAN

TITY

Unit Rate offered(R

s)

Total Amt offered(Rs

)

Unit Rate

offered in words


words

LAWN MAKING BY DIBBLING

Supplying and dibbling of selected

lawn grass [ Doob grass (Cynodon

dactylon), cushion grass (Axonopus

affinis)] after preparing the land by

ploughing / working to a depth of 40 -

45 cm, removing of all unwanted

debris ( rubbles, pebbles, plant roots

etc.), mixing of organic manure(10kg -

15kg/sq.m), levelling the surface and

initial maintenance by proper and

periodic rolling, mowing and irrigation

etc.( as specified) for a period of six

months from the date of dibbling

including the application of

recommended dose of

fertilizers(N:P:K) mixture as specified

and directed by the department.

(b) By Carpet grass (Axonopus affinis) Sq.m 1250

1 TREE PLANTING

Supplying and planting of ornamental

trees (1'-0" height sapling) including

pit making ( 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm ),

filling the pit with appropriate soil

media, manure and fertilizers as per

specification and necessary

maintenance for a period of one year

from the date of planting complete as

specified and directed .

SHADE TREE

(D) Bottle Brush / Nil Gulmohar /

Debadaru / Weeping Willow

each 250

Half brick circular tree guard internal

diametre 1.25 m and height 1.2 m

above ground and 0.02 m below

ground bottom two coarses laid dry

and top three coarses in cement

mortar 1:6 and the intermediate

coarses being in dry honey comb

masonry as per design complete.

each Rs.50.00

107 | P a g e

SL.


QUAN

TITY

Unit Rate offered(R

s)

Total Amt offered(Rs

)

Unit Rate

offered in words


words

HEDGE PLANTING / EXTERNAL

HEDGE

Supplying and planting of suitable

plant materials for preparation

protective / external hedge (50 cm

wide) including the preparation of

the ground by mixing organic manure

and fertilizers as per specification and

necessary maintenance for a period

of one year from the date of planting

complete as specified and directed .

(B) ADOPTING CROSS WISE DOUBLE

ROW PLANTING METHOD

(iii) With Chinese Bamboo metre 200

EDGE PLANTING / INTERNAL HEDGE

Supplying and planting of suitable

plant materials for edge making /

Internal hedge(20 cm wide) including

the preparation of the ground by

mixing organic manure and fertilizers

as per specification and necessary




(B) ADOPTING CROSS WISE DOUBLE

ROW PLANTING METHOD

(iii) With Brindavan / Latifolius metre 200

SHRUB PLANTING

Supplying and planting of ornamental

shrub ( below 1'-0" height ) including

pit making ( 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm ),

filling the pit with appropriate soil

media, manure and fertilizers as per

specification and necessary




(A) Radhachura / Krishnachura / Rat ki

rani / Ixora / Jetuka

each

125

108 | P a g e

MAIN GATE

SL.

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF

ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY



Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

1

Structural steel work

in sigle sections

including cutting,

hoisting, fixing in

position and applying

a priming coat of red

lead paint (up to

4.6m height) from

plinth level including

drilling holes,

supplying, fitting and

fixing with bolts and

nuts or welding, if

necessary as directed.

c) In M.S. angles,

channels, Tees etc.

(for Gates in Hospital

and others areas)

SHS 35X35X4.0

25 x 1.8 x 2 x 3.57

Qtl 3.57

RHS 60X40X3.0

8 x 3 x 4.25

Qtl 1.20

SQ BAR 20MM

30 x 1.8 x 2 x 3.14

Qtl 3.77

109 | P a g e

SL.

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF

ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY



Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

2

Painting two coats

(excluding priming

coat) on new steel

and other metal

surface with enamel

paint of approved

brand and

manufacture(Asian

paint/ Berger paint/

ICI paint/ J & N

paint/ Nerolac) to

give an even shade

including cleaning the

surface of all dirt,

dust and other foreign

matter.

(i).Surfaces over

100mm in width or

girth.

a). General purpose

(Asian paint/ Berger

paint/ ICI paint/ J &

N paint/ Nerolac).

Sqm 26.00

110 | P a g e

COMPOUND WALL

SL.

NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY

Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

1 EARTHWORK

1.01

Earthwork in excavation

for foundation trenches

of walls, retaining walls,

footing of column, steps,

septic tank etc.

including refilling (return

filling) the quantity as

necessary after

completion of work,

breaking clods in return

filling, dressing,

watering and ramming

etc. and removal of

surplus earth with all

lead and lifts as directed

and specified in the

following classification of

soils including bailing

out water where

necessary as directed

and specified.

(A) Up to a depth of

2.00m below the

existing ground level

(a) In ordinary soil

Cum 3.69

2

PLAIN CEMENT

CONCRETE WORKS

111 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

2.01

Plain cement concrete

works with coarse

aggregate of sizes

13mm to 32mm in

foundation bed for

footing steps, walls,

brick works etc. as

directed and specified

including dewatering if

necessary, and curing

complete (shuttering

where necessary shall

be measured and paid

separately).

(a). In prop. 1:3: 6 (1

cement:3 coarse sand :

6 coarse agg. by volume

(using mixture machine)

Cum 0.38

3 REINFORCED CEMENT

CONCRETE WORKS

112 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

3.01

Providing and laying

plain/reinforced cement

concrete works in prop

1:1.5:3 (1 cement :1.5

coarse sand :3 graded

stone chips, 20mm

down) including

dewatering if necessary,

and curing complete but

excluding cost of form

work and reinforcement

for reinforced cement

concrete work (form

work and reinforcement

will be measured and

paid separately)

(i)In substructure up

to plinth level

Foundation, footing,

column with base, tie

and plinth beam, grade

beam, pile cap, base

slab, retaining walls,

walls of septic tank,

inspection pit and the

like and other works not

less than 100mm thick.

Cum 0.68

(ii)In super structure

above plinth level and

at levels.

113 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

3.02

(a) Columns, pillars,

posts, struts, suspended

floor, roof, landing, shelf

and support, balcony,

lintel, sill band, beam,

girder, bressumer,

cantilever, staircase,

ramp including

preparing of top surface

and furnishing and

nosing.

Ground floor to second

floor Cum 1.08

4 FORM WORK

4.01

Providing form work of

ordinary timber planking

so as to give a round

finish including

centering, shuttering,

strutting and propping

etc. height of propping

and centering below

supporting floor to

ceiling not exceeding

4.0M and removal of the

same for in-situ

reinforced concrete and

plain concrete work in:

114 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

(a) Foundation, footings,

bases of columns, pile

cap, raft and mass

concrete works etc.

Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 3.24

4.02 Sides of tie beams,

grade beams etc. at or

below ground level.

(b) Using 25mm thick

plank Sqm 3.20

4.03 Sides and Soffits of

Beams, beam

haunchings, cantilever

girders, bressumers,

lintels and horizontal

ties.

(a) For depth not

exceeding 1.0M.

(ii) Using 25mm thick

plank Sqm 0.90

5 REINFORCEMENT

115 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

5.01

Supplying, fitting and

fixing in position

reinforcement bars

conforming to relevant

I.S. Code for R.C.C.

work/ R.B. walling

including straightening,

cleaning, cutting and

bending to proper

shapes and length as

per details, supplying

and binding with 20 G

annealed black wire and

placing in position with

proper blocks, supports,

chairs, spacers etc.

complete (up to 1st floor

level).

b) Other ISI approved

TMT reinforcement bar

(SAI/BISCON/THERMAX)

(For Assam Type Bldg.,

drain works,,retaining

wall&boundary wall etc.

.

Qtl 1.30

6 BRICKWORK

116 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

6.01 Brick work in cement

morter with 1st class

brick including racking

out joints and

dewatering if necessary,

and curing complete as

directed in sub-structure

up to plinth level.

(d). In proportion 1:4. Cu.m 0.63

6.02 1st class brick nogged

wall in cement mortar

including racking out

joints and curing

complete as directed in

super structure above

plinth up to 1st floor

level (protruding M.S

rod/Tor steel of column

to be embeded in

cement mortar and will

be measured and paid

separately)

(A) 112mm thick brick

wall

(a) In cement mortar in

proportion 1:4.

(1 cement:4 sand) Sqm 12.5

PLASTERING

117 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

6.03 20 mm thick Cement

plaster in two coats on

single or half brick walls

for interior plastering up

to 1st floor level

including arises, internal

rounded

angles,chamfers and /

or rounded angles not

exceeding 80mm in

girth and finished even

and smooth including

curing complete as

directed.

A) On rough side (backing

coat 15 mm and

finishing coat 5mm thick)

b) In cement mortar 1:4 Sqm 13.05

6.04 15 mm thick Cement

plaster in single coat on

single or half brick wall for

interior plastering up to

1st floor level including

arises, internal rounded

angles, not exceeding

80mm girth and finished

even and smooth including

curing complete as

directed.

B) On fair side

b) In cement mortar 1:4 Sqm 13.05

7 PAINTING

118 | P a g e

SL.


Unit Rate

offered(Rs)

Total Amt

offered(Rs)

Unit Rate

offered in

words

Total Amt

offered in

words

7.01 Applying one coat of

cement primer of

approved brand and

manufacture on new

wall surface after

throughly brooming the

surfaces free from

mortar droppings and

other foreign matter and

including preparing the

surface even and sand

papered smooth.

12.5mm thick Sq.m 32.40

7.02 Finishing old / new wall

with water proofing

weather coat smooth

anti-fungal exterior

painting of approved

make of Berger paint of

required shade after

cleaning and clearing

the surface etc.

including scaffolding

complete as directed at

all levels (two coats)

Sqm 32.4

8

8.01 Supplying fitting and

fixing M.S.angles, M.S.

flat, M.S. bolts and nuts

including painting with

red lead paint one coat

complete as directed.

b) M. S. Flats……. Qtl 1.08

119 | P a g e

TERMS OF PAYMENTS:

Payment will be made as per work done / in progress

120 | P a g e

FORM OF BID

(TECHNICAL BID PERFORMA)

Technical bid should be given with complete details of list of material required (per format

below) for the work such as.

SL. No. Scope of work

1 ISBT BUILDING CIVIL WORKS

2 COMMERCIAL BUILDING CIVIL WORKS

3 INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS

4 EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS

5 SANITARY INSTALLATION WOEKS

6 WATERSUPPLY WORKS

7 STP & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM

8 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

9 Fire fighting works

10 SITE DEVELOPMENT , APPROACH ROAD AND CARPARKING

11 LANDSCAPING WORKS.

12 MAIN GATE

13 COMPOUND WALL

14 SCULPTURE (LUMP SUM)

121 | P a g e

PART-I

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

122 | P a g e

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONRACT

Table of Contents

Clause Page

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1. 1) Definitions

2) Singular and Plural

3) Headings or Notes

ENGINEER AND ENGINEER’S REPRESENTATIVE

2. 1) Duties and Power of Engineer

and Engineer’s Representative

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING

3. Assignment

4.Sub-Letting

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

5. 1) Language’s and Law

2) Documents Mutually Explanatory

6. 1) Custody of Drawings

2) One Copy of Drawings to be kept on site

3) Disruption in Progress

7. Further Drawings and Instructions

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

8. Contractor’s General Responsibilities

9. Contract Agreement

10. Performance Bond / Security Deposit

11. Inspection of Site

12. Sufficiency of Bid

13. Work to be to the Satisfaction of Engineer and the Consultant

14. Programme to be furnished

15. Contractor’s Superintendence

16. Contractor’s Employees

17. Setting-out

18. Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation

19. Watching and Lighting

20. 1) Care of Works

2) Excepted Risks

21. Insurance of Works, etc.

22. 1) Damage to persons and Property

2) Indemnity by Employer

23. 1) Third Party Insurance

123 | P a g e

2) Minimum Amount of Third Party Insurance

3) Provisions to indemnify Employee

24. 1) Accident or Injury to Workmen

2) Insurance against Accident, etc. to Workmen

25. Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure

26. 1) Giving of notices and Payment of Fees

2) Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, etc.

27. Fossils etc.

28. Patent Rights and Royalties

29. Interference with Traffic and Adjoining properties

30. 1) Extraordinary Traffic

2) Special Loads

3) Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims

4) Waterborne Traffic

31. Opportunities for other Contractors

32. Contractor to keep site clear

33. Clearance of site on Completion

LABOUR

34. 1) Engagement of labour

2) Supply of Water

3) Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs.

4) Arms and Ammunition

5) Festivals and Religious Customs

6) Epidemics

7) Disorderly Conduct, etc.

8) Observance by Sub-Contractors

35. Return of Labour, etc.

MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

36. 1) Quality of Materials and Workmanship and Tests

2) Cost of Samples

3) Cost of Test

4) Cost of Tests not provided for, etc.

37. Inspection of Operations

38. 1) Examination of Work before covering up

2) Uncovering and Making openings

39. 1) Removal of Improper Work and Materials

2) Default of Contractor in Compliance

40. 1) Suspension of Work

2) Suspension of Lasting more than 90 days

COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS

41. Commencement of Works

42. 1) Possession of Site

2) Way leaves, etc.

43. Time of Completion

44. Extension of Time for Completion

45. No Night or Sunday Work

46. Rate of Progress

47. 1) Liquidated Damages for Delay

2) Reduction of Liquidated Damages

124 | P a g e

3) Bonus for Completion

48. 1) Certification of Completion of Works

2) Certification of Completion by Stages

3) Certification of Completion by Stages

DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION

49. 1) Definition of Defects Liability Period

2) Execution of Work of Repair, etc.

3) Cost of Execution of Work of Repair, etc.

4) Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to carry out Work Required

50. Contractor to Search

ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OMISSIONS

51. 1) Variations

2) Orders for Variations to be in Writing

52. 1) Valuation of Variations

2) Power of Engineer to Fix Rates

3) Day work

4) Claims

PLANT, TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS

53. 1) Plant, etc., Exclusive use for the works

2) Removal of Plant, etc.

3) Employer not liable for damage to Plant, etc.

54. Approval of Materials, etc., not implied

MEASUREMENT

55. Quantities

56. Works to be Measured

57. Method of Measurement

PROVISIONAL SUMS

58. 1) Definition of Provisional Sums

2) Use of Provisional Sums

3) Production at Vouchers, etc.

NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS

59. 1) Definition of “Nominated Sub-Contractors”

2) Nominated Sub-Contractor’s, Objection to Nomination

3) Design Requirements to be Expressly Stated

4) Payments to Nominated Sub-Contractor

5) Certification of Payments to Nominated Sub-Contractors

6) Assignment of Nominated Sub-Contractor’s Obligations

CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENT

60. 1) Certificates and Payment

2) Advances on Constructional Plant and Materials

61. Approval only by Certificate of Final Completion

62. 1) Certificate of Final Completion

2) Cessation of Employer’s Liability

3) Unfulfilled Obligations

REMEDIES AND POWER

63. 1) Default of Contractor

2) Valuation on Date of Forfeiture

3) Payment after Forfeiture

125 | P a g e

64. Urgent Repairs

SPECIAL RISKS

65. 1) No liability for War, etc. Risks

2) Damage to Works, etc. by Special Risks

4) Increased Cost arising from Special Risks

5) Special Risk

6) Outbreak of War

7) Removal of Plant on Termination

8) Payment of Contract Termination

FRUSTRATION

66. Payment in Event of Frustration

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

67. 1) Expected Matters

2) Settlement of Disputes-Arbitration

NOTICES

68. 1) Service of Notices on Contractor

2) Service of Notices on Employer or Engineer

3) Change of Address

DEFAULT OF EMPLOYER

69. 1) Default of Employer

2) ----Do----

CHANGES IN COSTS AND LEGISLATION

70. 1) Increase or Decrease of Costs

2) Subsequent Legislation

126 | P a g e

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

PART I - GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

1) In the Contract, as hereinafter defined, the following words and expressions shall have the

meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context otherwise requires:-

Definitions:-

a) "Employer" means AssamState Transport Corporation, who will employ the Contractor

and the legal successors entitled to the Employer, but not, accept with the consent of the

contractor, any assignee of the Employer.

b) "Contractor" means the persons, firm or company whose tender has been accepted by the

Employer & includes the Contractor's personal representative’s successors and permitted assigns.

c) "Engineer" means the Engineer designated as such in Part II, or other Engineer appointed

from time to time by the Employer and notified in writing to the Contractor to act as Engineer for

the purposes of the Contract in place of the Engineer so designated.

d) "Engineer's Representative" means any resident engineer or assistant of the Engineer or

any clerk of works appointed from time to time by the Employer to perform the duties set forth in

Clause 2hereof, whose authority shall be notified in writing to the Contractor by the Engineer.

e) The `Work' or `Works' means the work described in the tender documents, Drawings and

Specifications as may be issued from time to time to the contractor by the consultants or the

Engineer, including all modifications, extra and additional works and obligation to be carried out

either on site or at any factory, or workshop or any other place for subsequent incorporation, as

required for performance of the Contract.

f) "Contract" means the General and Special Conditions of Contract, Specifications,

Drawings, priced Bill of Quantities, Schedule of Rates and Prices, if any, Tender, pre-contract

correspondence Letter of Intent / Acceptance, Work order the Contract Agreement, if completed.

g) "Contract Sum" means the sum named in the letter of Intent / Acceptance subject to such

additions thereto or deductions there from as may be made under the provisions of the Contract.

h) "Constructional Plant" means all appliances or a thing of whatsoever nature required in or

about the execution or maintenance of the Works but does not include materials or other things

intended to form or forming part of the Works.

127 | P a g e

i) "Specifications" means the specification referred to in the Tender and any modification

thereof or addition there to as may from time to time be furnished or approved in writing by the

Engineer.

j) "Drawings" means the drawings referred to in the specification and any modification of

such drawings approved in writing by the Engineer and such other drawings as may, from time to

time, be furnished and approved in writing by the Engineer or the Consultant.

k) “Site” means the land and/or other places on, in, into, under or through which the Work is

to be executed under the contract or any adjacent or any nearby land, path or street which may be

allotted or used for the purpose of carrying out the Contract.

l) "Approved" means approved in writing, including subsequent written confirmation of

previous verbal approval and "approval" means approval in writing, including as aforesaid.

m) "I.S." means “Indian Standards” issued by Indian Standards Institutions.

n) A "Week" means seven days without regard to the number of hours worked or not worked

in any day in that week.

o) A "Day" means a day of 24 hours irrespective of number of hours worked or not worked

in that day.

p) "Day work" means the items of labour and/or materials which, in the opinion of the

Engineer are not capable of being evaluated by accepted method of measurement or assessment.

Singular and Plural

2) Words importing the singular only also include the plural and vice versa where the context

requires.

Heading or Notes

3) The headings and marginal notes in these Conditions of Contract shall not be deemed to be part

thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the

Contract.

ENGINEER AND ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVE

2. Duties and Power of Engineer’s Representative

1) The Engineer shall carry out such duties necessary for making decisions and issuing certificates

and orders as are specified in the Contract. In the event of the Engineer being required in terms of

his appointment by the Employer to obtain the specific approval of the Employer for the

execution of any part of these duties, shall be set out in part II of these Conditions.

128 | P a g e

2) The Engineer's Representative shall be responsible to the Engineer and his duties are to watch

and supervise the Works and to test and examine any materials to be used or workmanship

employed in connection with the Works. He shall have no authority to relieve the Contractor of

any of his duties or obligations under the Contract or, except as expressly provided hereunder or

elsewhere in the Contract, neither to order any work involving delay or any extra payment by the

Employer, nor to make any variation of or in the Works. The Engineer may from time to time in

writing delegate to the Engineer's Representative any of the powers and authorities vested in the

Engineer and shall furnish to the Contractor and to the Employer a copy of all such written

delegations of powers and authorities. Any written instruction or approval given by the Engineer's

Representative to delegation, but not otherwise, shall bind the Contractor and the Employer as

though it had been given by the Engineer. Provided always as follows:

a) Failure of the Engineer's Representative to disapprove any Work or materials shall not

prejudice the power of the Engineer thereafter to disapprove such Work or materials and to order

the pulling down, removal or breaking up thereof.

b) If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Engineer's

Representative he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer, who shall thereupon

confirm, reverse or very such decision.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING

3. Assignment

The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or any benefit or interest therein or there under,

otherwise than by a charge in favour of the Contractor's bankers of any monies due or to become

due under this Contract, without the prior written consent of the Employer

4. Sub-Letting

The Contractor shall not sub-let the civil works of the project. Except where otherwise provided

by the contract, the contractor shall not sub-let other part of the Works without the prior written

consent of the Engineer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such consent, if given

shall not relive the Contractor from any liability or obligation under the contract and he shall be

responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of any sub-contractor , his agents, servants or

workmen as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of the contractor, his agents,

servants or workmen. Provided always that the provision of labour on a piecework basis shall not

be deemed to be a subletting under this clause. The contractor shall co-ordinate and shall be

responsible for all aspects of his sub-contractor(s), without being relieved of any of his obligation

129 | P a g e

under the contract. The contractor may tie up for other parts except civil works. Necessary

documents have to be furnished.

Language’s and Law Documents

5. Mutually Explanatory

1) These shall be stated in Part II of the Conditions

2) The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one

another, but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies the same shall be explained and adjusted by

the consultants who shall thereupon issue to the contractor instructions thereon through the

Engineer. Provided always that if, in the opinion of the Engineer, compliance with any such

instructions shall involve the Contractor in any cost, which by reason of any such ambiguity or

discrepancy could not reasonably have been foreseen by the Contractor, the Engineer shall certify

and the Employer shall pay such additional sum as may be reasonable to cover such costs.

6. Custody of Drawings

1) The Drawings shall remain in the sole custody of the Engineer, but two copies thereof shall be

furnished to the Contractor free of charge. The contractor shall provide and make at his own

expense any further copies required by him. At the completion of the Contract the Contractor

shall return to the Engineer all Drawings provided under the Contract.

One copy of Drawings to be kept on Site

2) One copy of the Drawings, furnished to the Contractor as aforesaid, shall be kept by the

Contractor on the Site and the same shall at all reasonable times be available for inspection and

use by the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative and by any other person authorized by the

Engineer in writing.

Disruption of Progress

3) The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer whenever planning or progress of the

Works is likely to be delayed or disrupted unless any further drawing or order, including a

direction, instruction or approval, is issued by the Engineer within a reasonable time. The notices

shall include details of the drawing or order required and of why and by when it is required and of

any delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

7. The Engineer and the Consultants shall have full power and authority to supply to the

Contractor from time to time during the progress of the Works, such further drawings and

instructions as shall be necessary for the purpose of the proper and adequate execution and

maintenance of the Works. The Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same.

130 | P a g e

Further Drawings and instructions

Last major drawings may be provided as per schedule mutually agreed by the Engineer /

Consultant and the Contractor prior to stipulated date of completion and the Contractor will have

to gear up his resources accordingly so as to complete the works within stipulated time.

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

8. Contractor’s General Responsibilities

1) The Contractor shall, subject to the provisions of the Contract, and with due care and

diligence, execute and maintain the Works and provide all labour, including the supervision there

of, materials, Constructional Plant and all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent

nature, required in and for such execution, and maintenance, so far as the necessity for providing

the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.

2) The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of all site

operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor shall not be responsible,

except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of the

Permanent Works, or for the design or specification of any Temporary Works prepared by the

Engineer.

3)The contractor shall promptly inform the Engineer of any error, omission, fault and other

defects in design, drawing or specifications for the Works which are discovered while reviewing

the contract documents or in the process of execution of Works.

9. Contract Agreement

The Contractor shall, when called upon to do so, enter into and execute a Contract Agreement, to

be prepared and completed at the cost of the Employer, in the form annexed with such

modification as may be necessary.

10. Performance Bond / Security Deposit

If, for the due performance of the Contract, the Tender shall contain an undertaking by the

Contractor to obtain, when required, a bond or a guarantee of a scheduled and/or nationalized

bank to be bound with the Contractor to the Employer in a sum not exceeding that stated in the

Appendix to the Tender and agreed to as per the Letter of Acceptance or Letter of Intent /Work

Order for such bond or guarantee, the said bank and the terms of the said bond or guarantee shall

be such as shall be approved by the Employer. The obtaining of such bond or guarantee or the

provision of such sureties and the cost of the bond or guarantee to be so entered into shall beat the

131 | P a g e

expense in all respects of the Contractor. Performance Guarantee shall be valid up-to the 28 days

from completion of Defects Liability Period and shall be kept alive till the issue of certificate of

Final Completion.

11. Inspection of Site

The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site and its surrounding and

information available in connection therewith and to have satisfied himself, so far as is

practicable, before submitting his Tender, as to the form and nature thereof, including the

subsurface conditions, the hydrological and climatic conditions, the extent and nature of the Work

and accommodation he may require and, in general, shall be deemed to have obtained all

necessary information subject as above mentioned, as to risks, contingencies and all other

circumstances which may influence or affect his Tender. The Contractor is further deemed to have

taken particular notice of approaches and way leaves etc. connecting the site. The Employer does

not undertake to improve the same any further &the Contractor will have to improve the same or

make new approaches and way leaves, at his own cost, if the existing approaches & way leaves

are considered inadequate and unsuitable by the Contractor. Use of such new or improved

approaches and way leaves shall be afforded to the Employer, the Engineer, the Consultants and

any other concerned person, without any restrictions or compensation.

12. Sufficiency of Bid

The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before Bidering as to the correctness

and sufficiency of his Bid for the Works and of the rates and prices stated in the priced Bill of

Quantities and the Schedule of Rates and Prices, if any, which Bid rates and prices shall,

exception so far as it is otherwise provided in the Contract, cover all his obligations under the

Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper execution and maintenance of the

Works. No claim in this regard shall be entertained.

13. Work to be to the Satisfaction of the Engineer and the Consultant

Save in so far as legally or physically impossible, the Contractor shall execute and maintain the

Works in strict accordance with the Contract, to the entire satisfaction of the consultant and the

Engineer and shall comply with and adhere strictly to the Engineer’s instructions and directions,

or any matter whether mentioned in the contract or not, touching or concerning the works.

Instructions and directions given by the consultant or the Engineer or the Employer, if any, will be

acted upon on the same forwarded to the Contractor, in writing by the Engineer, or subject to the

limitations referred to in Clause 2 hereof, by the Engineer’s Representative.

132 | P a g e

14. Programme to be furnished

1) Within 15 days of award of the Contract, Contractor shall, submit to the Engineer for his

approval a programme showing the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the

Works. The Contractor shall whenever required by the Engineer submit a revised programme

showing the modifications to the approved programme necessary to ensure completion of the

Works within the time for completion as defined in Clause 43 hereof. The Contractor may have to

revise the programme depending upon the requirements of the Employer. It must be clearly

understood that the Contractor may have to induct additional resources contingent to the

requirement of the Employer so as to enable the Employer to meet his target of commissioning

the project. Nothing extra shall be paid to the Contractor on account of such contingencies.

2) If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of the works does not

conform to the approved programme referred to in sub-clause (1) of this clause, the Contractor

shall produce, at the request of the Engineer, a further revised programme showing modification

to the approved programme necessary to ensure completion of the Works within the time for

completion as defined in Clause 43 hereof.

3) The submission to and approval by the Engineer or Engineer's Representative of such

programmes or the furnishing of such particulars shall neither relieve the Contractor of any of his

duties or responsibilities under the Contract, nor entitle the Contractor to any enhancement of the

Contract Sum on this account.

15. Contractor’s Superintendence

The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the execution of the

Works and as long thereafter as the Engineer may consider necessary for the proper fulfilling of

the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor or a competent and authorized

agent or representative approved of in writing by the Engineer, which approval may at anytime be

withdrawn, is to be constantly on the Works and shall give his whole time to the superintendence

of the same. If such approval shall be withdrawn by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, as soon as

is practicable, having regard to the requirement of replacing him as hereinafter mentioned, after

receiving written notices of such withdrawal, remove the agent from the Works and shall not

thereafter employ him again on the Works in any capacity and shall replace him by another agent

approved by the Engineer. Such authorized agent or representative shall receive, on behalf of the

Contractor, direction, and instructions from the Engineer or, subject to the limitations of Clause2

hereof, the Engineer's Representative.

133 | P a g e

16. Contractor’s Employees

1) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in connections with the execution and

maintenance of the Works.

a) Only such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective fields and such

sub-agents, foremen and leading hands as are competent to give proper supervision to the work

they are required to supervise, and

b) Such skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for the proper and timely

execution and maintenance of the works.

2) The Engineer shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to remove forthwith

from the Works any person employed by the Contractor in or about the execution or maintenance

of the Works who, in the opinion of the Engineer, misconducts himself, or is incompetent or

negligent in the proper performance of his duties, or whose employment is otherwise considered

by the Engineer to be undesirable and such person shall not be again employed upon the Works

without the written permission of the Engineer. Any person so removed from the Works shall be

replaced as soon as possible by a competent substitute approved by the Engineer.

17. Setting-out

The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Works in relation to

original points, lines and levels or reference given by the Engineer in writing and for the

correctness, subject as above mentioned, of the position, levels, dimensions and alignment of all

parts of works and for the provision of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in

connection therewith. If, at any time during the progress of the works, any error shall appear or

arise in the position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor, on

being required to do by the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, shall at his own cost,

rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative. The

checking of any setting out or of any line or level by the Engineer or the Engineer's

Representative shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness

thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench marks, sight-rails, pegs

and other things used insetting-out the Works. Any rectification works required to be done by the

Contractor shall be at the Contractor's own cost.

18. Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation

If, at any time during the execution of the Works, the Engineer shall require the Contractor to

make boreholes or to carry out exploratory excavation, such requirement shall be ordered in

writing and shall be deemed to be an addition ordered under the provisions of Clause 51 hereof

134 | P a g e

unless a provisional sum in respect of such anticipated work shall have been included in the Bill

of Quantities.

19. Watching and Lighting

The Contractor shall in connection with the Works provide and maintain at his own cost all lights,

guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or required by the Engineer or the

Employer, or by any duly constituted authority, for the execution and for the protection of the

Works, and/or for the safety and convenience of the public or others.

20. Care of Works

1) From the commencement of the Works until the date stated in the Certificate of Completion for

the whole of the Works pursuant toClause48 hereof the Contractor shall take full responsibility

for the care thereof. Provided that if the Engineer shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect

of any part of the Works the Contractor shall cease to be liable for the care of that part of works

from the date stated in the Certificate of Completion in respect of that part and the responsibility

for the care of that part shall pass to the Employer. Provided further that the Contractor shall take

full responsibility for the care of any outstanding work which he shall have undertaken to finish

during the Defects Liability Period until such outstanding work is completed. In case any damage,

loss or injury shall happen to the Works, or to any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever, save

and except the excepted risks as defined in sub-clause (2) of this Clause, while the Contractor

shall be responsible for the care thereof the Contractor shall, at his own cost, repair and make

good the same, so that at completion, the Works shall be in good order and condition and in

conformity in every respect with the requirements of the Contract and the Engineer's instructions.

In the event of any such damage, loss or injury happening from any of the excepted risks, the

Contractor shall, if and to the extent required by the Engineer and subjected ways to the provision

of Clause 65 hereof repair and make good the same as aforesaid at the cost of the Employer. The

Contractor shall also be liable for any damage to the Works occasioned by him in the course of

any operations carried out by him for the purpose of completing any outstanding work or

complying with his obligations under Clauses49 or 50 hereof.

Excepted Risks

2) The "excepted risks" are war, hostilities (whether war declared or not), invasion, act of foreign

enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war, or unless

solely restricted to the Contractor or of his sub-Contractors and arising from the conduct of the

works, riot, commotion or disorder, or use or occupation by the Employer of any part of the

Permanent works, or a cause solely due to the Engineer’s design of the works. or ionizing

135 | P a g e

radiations or contamination by radio-activity from any or other hazardous properties of any

explosive, nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radioactive

toxic explosive, nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof, pressure waves caused by

aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at sonic or supersonic speeds, or any such operation of

the forces of nature as an experienced contractor could not foresee, or reasonably make provision

for or insure against all of which are herein collectively referred to as "the excepted risks".

21. Insurance of Works, etc.

Without limiting his obligations and responsibilities under Clause20 hereof, the Contractor shall

insure in the joint names of the Employer and Contractor against all loss or damage from

whatever cause arising, other than the excepted risks, for which he is responsible under the terms

of the Contract and in such manner that the Employer and Contractor are covered for the period

stipulated in Clause 20 (1) hereof and are also covered during the Defects Liability Period and for

any loss or damage occasioned by the Contractor in the course of any operations carried out by

him for the purpose of complying with his obligations under Clauses 49 and 50 hereof :-

a) The Works executed or being executed to the estimated contract value thereof plus 10%(to

allow for any additional costs and professional fees resulting from the loss or damage) together

with the materials for incorporation in the Works at their replacement value.

b) The Constructional Plant and other things brought on to the Site by the Contractor to the

replacement value of such constructional Plant and other things. Such insurance shall be effected

with an insurer and in terms approved by the Employer which approval shall not be unreasonably

withheld, and the Contractor shall whenever required produce to the Engineer or any other

authorized person, policy or policies of insurance and the receipts for payment of the current

premiums

22. Damage to Persons and Property

1) The Contractor shall, except if and so far as the Contract provides otherwise, indemnify the

Employer against all losses and claims in respect of injuries or damage to any person or material

or physical damage to any property whatsoever which may arise out of or inconsequence of the

execution and of the Works and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and

expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto except any compensation or damages for

or with respect to:-

a) The permanent use or occupation of land or the Works or any part thereof or by the Employer.

b) The right of the Employer to execute the Works or any part thereof on, over, under or through

any land.

136 | P a g e

c) Injuries or damage to persons or property which are the unavoidable results of the execution or

maintenance of the work in accordance with the Contract.

d) Injuries or damage to persons or property resulting from any act or neglect of the Employer, his

agents, servants or other contractors, not being employed by the Contractor, or for or in the

respect of any claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof or in

relation thereto or where the injury or damage was contributed to by the Contractor, his servants

or agents, such part of the compensations as may be just and equitable having regard to the extent

of the responsibility of the Employer, his servants or agents or other contractors for damage or

injury.

Indemnity by Employer

2) The employer shall indemnify the Contractor against all claims, proceedings, damages, cost,

charges & expenses in respect of the pertinent matters referred to in the proviso to sub-clause

(1)of the Clause.

23. Third Party Insurance

1) Before commencing the execution of the Works the Contractor, but without limiting his

obligations and responsibilities underClause22 hereof, shall insure against his liability for any

material or physical damage, loss or injury which may occur to any property, including that of the

Employer, or to any person, including any employee of the Employer, by or arising out of the

execution of the Works or in the carrying out of the Contract, otherwise than due to Clause 22 (1)

hereof.

Provisions to Indemnify

2) The terms shall include a provision whereby, in the event of any claim in respect of which the

Contractor would be entitled to receive and be indemnified under the policy being brought or

made against the Employer, the insurer will indemnify the Employer against such claims and any

cost, charges and expenses in respect thereof.

24. Employer Accident or Injury to Workmen

1) The Employer shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation payable at

law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or other person in the

employment of the Contractor, or any sub-contractor, save and except an accident or injury

resulting from any act or default of the Employer his agents, or servants. The Contractor shall

indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all such damages and compensation, save

and except as aforesaid, and against all claims, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses

whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.

137 | P a g e

Insurance against Accident, etc. to Workmen

2) The Contractor shall insure against such liability of the nature referred to in Clause24.1 with an

insurer approved by the Employer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall

continue such insurance during the whole of the time that any persons are employed by him on the

Works and shall when required, produce to the Employer, or the Engineer or the Engineer's

Representative such policy of insurance and the receipt for payment of the current premium.

Provided always that, in respect of any persons employed by any sub-contractor, the Contractor's

obligation to insure as aforesaid under this sub-clause shall be satisfied if the sub-contractor shall

have issued against the liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the Employer is

indemnified under the policy, but the Contractor shall require such sub-contractor to produce to

the Employer or the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, when required, such policy of

insurance and the receipt for the payment of the current premium.

25. Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure

If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force the insurances referred to in Clause 21,22,

23, and 24 hereof, or any other insurance with he may be required to effect under the terms of the

Contract, then and in any such case the Employer may effect and keep in force any such insurance

and pay such premiums as may be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the

amount so paid and any other expenses incurred by the employer as aforesaid from any monies

due or which may become due to the Contractor, or recover the same as a debt due from the

Contractor. The Contractor shall however, be fully responsible for any consequence arising out of

his failure to effect and keep in force the insurances irrespective of whether the Employer effects

the insurance as above or not.

26. Giving of Notices and Payment of Fees

1) The Contractor shall give all notices and pay all fees required to be given or paid by any

National or State Statute, ordinance, or other Law, or any regulation, or bye law or any local or

other duly constituted authority in relation to the execution of the Works and by the rules and

regulations of all public bodies and companies whose property or rights are affected or may be

affected in anyway by the Works.

Compliance with Statutes Regulation etc.:-

2) The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of any such statute, ordinance

or Law as aforesaid and the regulations or bye laws of any local or other duly constituted

authority which may be applicable to the Works and with such rules and regulation of public

bodies and companies as aforesaid and shall keep the Employer indemnified against all penalties

138 | P a g e

and liability of every kind for breach of any such Statute, Ordinance or Law, regulation or bye-

law.

3) The Employer will repay or allow to the Contractor all such sums as the Engineer shall certify

to have been properly payable and paid by the Contractor in respect of such fees other than the

fees which the Contract requires the contractor to pay, which fees shall be included in the

Contract Sum and/or the rates and prices entered in the relevant contract documents.

27. Fossils etc.

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of

geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site of the works shall as between the

Employer and the Contractor be deemed to be the absolute property of the Employer. The

Contractor shall not take any such article or thing and shall immediately upon discovery thereof

and, before removal, acquaint the Engineer's Representative of such discovery and carry out, the

Engineer's Representative's order as to the disposal of the same. Whole of the excavated materials

shall be the property of the Owner and shall be used or disposed off only as directed by the

Engineer or the Engineer's Representative or in accordance with the related provisions in the

Contract.

28. Patent Rights and Royalties

The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer from and keep the Employer

indemnified against all claims and proceedings for or account of infringement or any patent rights,

design trademark or name or other protected rights in respect of any Constructional Plant,

machine, work, or material used for or in connection with the Works or any of them and from and

against all claims, proceedings, damages, cost charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof

or in relation thereto Except where otherwise specified, the Contractor shall pay all tonnage and

other royalties, rent and other payments or compensation, if any, for getting stone, sand, gravel,

clay or other materials required for the Works or any of them.

29. Interference with Traffic and Adjoining Properties

All operations necessary for the execution of the Works shall, so far as compliance with the

requirements of the Contract permits, be carried on so as not to interfere unnecessarily or

improperly with the public Convenience, or the access to use and occupation of public or private

roads and foot paths or to or of properties whether in the possession of the Employer or of any

other person. The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer in respect of all

claims, proceedings damages, cost, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of, or in relation

to any such matter in so far as the Contractor is responsible there for.

139 | P a g e

30. Extraordinary Traffic

1) The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or bridges

communicating with or on the routes to the Site from being damaged or injured by any traffic of

the Contractor or any of his sub-contractors and in particular, shall select routes, choose and use

any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise from moving of plant and material from and

to the Site shall be limited, as far as reasonably possible, and so that no unnecessary damage or

injury may be occasioned to such highways and bridges.

Special Loads

2) Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one or more loads or Constructional

Plant, machinery or pre-constructed units or parts of unit of work over part of a highway or

bridge, the moving whereof is likely to damage any highway or bridge unless special protection or

strengthening is carried out, then the Contractor shall before moving the load on to such highway

or bridge give notice to Engineer or Engineer's Representative of the weight and other particulars

of the loads unless within fourteen days of the receipt of such notice the Engineer shall by counter

notice direct that such protection or strengthening is unnecessary, then the Contractor will carry

out such proposals or any modification thereof that the Engineer shall require and, unless there is

an item or are items in the Bill of Quantities for pricing by the Contractor of the necessary works

for the protection or strengthening aforesaid the costs thereof shall be paid by the Employer to the

Contractor.

Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims

3) If during the execution of the Works or at any time thereafter the contractor shall receive any

claim arising out of the execution of the Works in respect of damage or injury to highways or

bridges he shall immediately report the same to the Engineer and thereafter the Employer shall

negotiate the settlement of and pay all sum due in respect of such claim, and shall indemnify the

Contractor in respect thereof and in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, cost charges and

expenses in relation thereto. Provided always that if and so far as any such claims or part thereof

shall in the opinion of the Engineer be due to any failure on the part of the Contractor to observe

and perform his obligations under sub-clause (1) and (2) of this Clause, then the amount certified

by the Engineer to be due to such failure shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer.

Water borne Traffic

4) Where the nature of the Works is such as to require the use by the Contractor of waterborne

transport the foregoing provisions of this clause shall be construed as though "highway" included

a lock, dock, sea wall or other structure related to a water way and "vehicle" included craft ferry

or any transport related to waterborne traffic and shall have effect accordingly.

140 | P a g e

31. Opportunities for other Contractors

The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford all responsible

opportunities for carrying out their work to any other contractors employed by the Employer and

their workmen and to the workmen of the Employer and of any other duly constituted authorities

who may be employed in the execution on or near the Site of any work not included in the

Contract or of any contract which the Employer may enter into in connection with or ancillary to

the Works. The Contractor will not be paid any compensation on this account.

32. Contractor to keep site clear

During the progress of the Works the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from

unnecessary keep the site store or dispose of any Constructional Plant and surplus material and

clear away and remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish or Temporary Works no longer

required.

33. Clearance of Site on Completion LABOUR

On the completion of the works the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the Site all

constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and Temporary Works of every kind, and leave the

whole of the Site and Works clean and in a workman like condition to the satisfaction of the

Engineer. However during execution, the plant and equipment brought by the Contractor cannot

be removed from the site without the express permission of the Engineer.

34. Engagement of Labour and Workmen

1) The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the engagement of all labour and

workmen local or otherwise, and save, insofar as the Contract otherwise provides, for the

transport, housing feeding and payment thereof. The Contractor shall strictly comply with all the

labour laws, regulations, etc. in force and applicable to the labour employed by him or his sub-

contractors including those working on labour-ratebasis on the Works.

Supply of Water

2) The Contractor shall provide water for the use of the Contractor's staff and workpeople.

Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs

3) The Contractor shall not, otherwise an in accordance with the Statutes, Ordinances and

Government Regulations or Orders for the time being in force, consume, import, sell, give, barter

or dispose any alcoholic liquor or drugs by himself or his sub-contractors, agents or employees of

the Contractor and his sub-contractor.

Arms and Ammunitions

4) The Contractor shall not give, barter or otherwise dispose of to any person or persons, any arms

or ammunition of any kind or permit or suffer the same as aforesaid.

141 | P a g e

Festivals and Religious Customs

5) The Contractor shall in all dealings with labour and workmen in his employment, have due

regard to all recognized festivals, day of rest and religious or other customs.

Epidemics

6) In the event of any outbreak of illness of an epidemic nature the Contractor shall comply with

and carry out such regulations, orders and requirements as may be made by the Government, or

the Local medical or sanitary authorities for the purpose of dealing with and overcoming the same

at his own cost.

Disorderly Conduct, etc.

7) The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unlawful,

riotous or disorderly conduct by or against his employees and for the preservation of peace and

protection of persons and property in the neighborhood of the Works against the same.

Observance by Sub-Contractors

8) The Contractor shall be responsible for observance by his sub-contractors of the foregoing

provisions.

35. Labour, etc. Returns of

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer's Representative or at his office, furnish a return

in detail in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe showing the supervisory

staff and the numbers of the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the

Contractor on the Site and such information regarding Constructional Plant that the Engineer's

Representative may require.

36. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

Quality of Materials and Workmanship and Tests

1) All materials and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the contract and in

accordance with the Engineer's instructions and shall be subjected from time to time to such tests

as the Engineer may direct at the place of manufacture or fabrication or on the Site or at such

other places or places as maybe specified in the Contract, or at all or any of such places. The

Contractor shall provide such assistance, instruments, machines, labour and materials as are

normally required for examining, measuring and testing any work and the quality, weight or

quantity of any material used and shall supply samples of materials before incorporation in the

Works for testing as maybe selected and required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall utilize

local materials to the extent possible and practicable.

142 | P a g e

Cost of Samples

2) All samples shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost if the supply thereof is clearly

intended by or provided for in the Contract, but if not, then at the cost of the Employer.

Cost of Tests

3) The cost of making any test shall be borne by the Contractor if such test is clearly intended by

or provided for in the Contractor is necessary for ascertaining the quality of materials intended to

be used by the Contractor in the Works and in the cases only of a test under load or of a test to

ascertain whether the design of any finished or partially finished work is appropriate for the

purposes which it was intended to fulfill, is particularized in the Contract.

Cost of Tests not provided for, etc.

4) If any test is ordered by the Engineer which is either a) not so intended by or provided for, orb)

(in the cases above mentioned) is not so particularized or

c) though so intended or provided for is ordered by the Engineer to be carried out by an

independent person at anyplace other than the Site or the place of manufacture or fabrication of

the materials tested then the cost of such test shall be borne by the Contractor, if the test shows the

workmanship or materials not to be in accordance with the provisions of the Contract or the

Engineer's instructions but otherwise by the Employer.

37. Inspection of Operations

The Engineer, the Employer and any person authorised by them shall at all times have access to

the Works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where materials,

manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the Works and the Contractor shall

afford every facility for and every assistance in or in obtaining the right to such access.

38. Examination of work before covering up

1) No Works shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer or the

Engineer's Representative and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer or the

Engineer's Representative to examine and measure any work which is about to be covered up or

put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is placed thereon. The

Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer's Representative whenever any such work or

foundations is or ready or about to be ready for examination and the Engineer's Representative

shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor

accordingly, attend for purpose of examining and measuring such work or of examining such

foundations.

143 | P a g e

Uncovering and Making Openings

2) The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Works or make openings in or through the

same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or

parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up or put of

view after compliance with the requirements of sub-clause (1) of this Clause and are found to be

executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making, openings in or

through, reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer but in any other

case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.

39. Removal of Improper Work and Materials

1) The Engineer shall during the progress of the Works have power to order in writing from time

to time:

a) the removal from the Site, within such time or times as may be specified in the order, of any

materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not in accordance with the Contract.

b) the substitution of proper and suitable materials and :

c) the removal and proper re-execution, not-withstanding any previous test thereof or interim

payment there for, of any-work which in respect of materials or workmanship is not, in the

opinion of the Engineer, in accordance with the Contract.

Defaults of Contractor in Compliance

2) In case of default on the part of the contractor in carrying out such-order, the Employer shall be

entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and all expenses consequent

thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the contractor by the Employer or may be

deducted by the Employer from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractor.

40. Suspension of Works

1) The Contractor shall, on the written order of upon being so required by the Employer and the

Engineer, suspend the progress of the Works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such

manner as the Engineer Employer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension

properly protect and secure the work, so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. The

extra cost incurred by the Contractor in giving effect to the above Engineer Employer's

instructions under this Clause shall be borne by the Employer unless such suspension is:

a) otherwise provided for in the Contract, or

b) necessary by reason of some default on the part of theContractor, or

c) necessary by reason of climatic conditions on the Site, or

d) necessary for the proper execution of the Works or

144 | P a g e

for the safety of the Works or any part thereof in so far as such necessity does not arise from any

act or default by the Engineer or the Employer or from any of the excepted risks defined in Clause

20 hereof. Provided that the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any such extra cost unless

he gives written notice of his intention to claim to the Engineer within twenty-eight days of the

Engineer’s order. The Engineer shall in consultation with the Employer settle and determine such

extra payment and/or extension of time underClause44 hereof to be made to the Contractor in

respect of such claim as shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be fair and reasonable, and provided

the Contractor has taken all steps to mitigate the losses.

Suspension lasting more than 90 days

2) If the progress of the Works or any part thereof is suspended on the written order of the

Engineer being so required by the Employer and Engineer and if permission to resume work is not

given by the Employer and Engineer within a period of ninety days from the date of suspension

then, unless such suspension is within paragraph (a), (b), (c)or(d) of sub-clause (1) of this Clause,

the Contractor may serve a written notice on the Employer and Engineer requiring permission

within twenty-eight days from the receipt thereof to proceed with the Works or that part thereof in

regard to which progress is suspended and, if such permission is not granted within that time, the

Contractor by a further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect or treat the

suspension whereof it affects part only of the Works as an omission of such part under Clause

51hereof, or, where it affects the whole Works, as an abandonment of the Contract by the

Employer.

41. COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS

Commencement of Works

The Contractor shall commence the Works on Site within the period named in the Appendix to

the Bid after the receipt by him of a written order to this effect from the Engineer and shall

proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay. The Contractor will complete the

construction of temporary offices, stores, labour huts etc. and mobilize substantially during the

period stated in Appendix to the Bid.

42. Possession of Site

1) Save in so far as the Contract may prescribe, the extent of portions of the Site of which the

Contractor is to be given permission from time to time and the order in which such portions shall

be made available to him and subject to any requirement in the Contract as to the order in which

the Works shall be executed, the Employer will, with the Engineer's written order to commence

the Works, give to the Contractor possession of so much of the Site as may be required to enable

the Contractor to commence and proceed with the execution of the Works in accordance with the

145 | P a g e

programme or revised programme referred to in Clause 14hereof, if any, and otherwise in

accordance with such reasonable proposals of the Contractor as he shall, by written notice to the

Engineer, make and will, from time to time as the Works proceed, give to the Contractor

possession of such further portions of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to

proceed with the execution of the Works with due dispatch in accordance with the said

programme or proposals, as the case may be. If the Contractor suffers delay or incurs cost from

failure on the part of the Employer to give possession in accordance with the terms of this Clause,

the Engineer shall grant an extension of time for the completion of the Works and certify such

sum as, in his opinion, shall be fair to cover the cost incurred, which sum shall be paid by the

Employer.

Way-leaves etc.

2) The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary way-leaves required by

him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall also provide at his own cost any

additional accommodation outside the Site required by him for the purposes of the Works.

43. Time for Completion

Subject to any requirement in the Contract as to completion of any section of the Works before

completion of the whole, the whole of the Works shall be completed, in accordance with the

provisions of Clause 48 hereof. within the time stated in the Contract calculated from the last day

of the period named in the Appendix to the Bid as that within which the works are to be

commenced or such extended time as may be allowed under Clause 44 hereof.

Time is the Essence of the Contract.

44. Extension of Time for Completion

Should the amount of extra or additional work of any kind or any cause of delay referred to in

these Conditions or exceptional adverse climatic conditions or other special circumstances of any

kind whatsoever which may occur, other than through a default of the Contractor. Be such as

fairly to entitle the Contractor to an extension of time for the completion of the Works, the

Engineer shall determine the amount of such extension and shall notify the Employer and the

Contractor accordingly. Provided that the Engineer is not bound to take into account any extra or

additional work or other special circumstances unless the Contractor has within twenty-eight days

after such work has been commenced or such circumstances have arisen or an soon thereafter as is

practicable, submitted to the Engineer's Representative full and detailed particulars of any

extension of time to which he may consider himself entitled in order that such submission may be

investigated at the time. The Contractor, in his application for grant of time shall clearly bring out

the financial effect of extension of time requested by him. In case no financial effect is stated in

146 | P a g e

the request for grant of extension of time, the same shall be taken as zero and it shall be presumed

that the Contractor has mitigated whole of the losses due to the delays of all kinds.

45. No Night or Sunday Work

Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract, none of the Permanent Works

shall, save as hereinafter provided, be carried on during the night or on Sundays, if locally

recognized as days of rest or their locally recognized equivalent without the permission in writing

of the Engineer's Representative except when the work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for

the saving of life or property or for the safety of the Works, in which case the Contractor shall

immediately advise the Engineer's Representative. Provided always that the provisions of this

Clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work which it is customary to carry out by rotary

or double shifts.

46. Rate of Progress

If for any reason, which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time, the rate of

progress of the Works or any section is at anytime, in the opinion of the Engineer, too slow to

ensure completion by the prescribed time or extended time for completion, the Engineer shall so

notify the Contractor in writing and the Contractor shall thereupon take such steps as are

necessary and the Engineer may approve to expedite progress soas to complete the Works or such

section by the prescribed time or extended time. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any

additional payment for taking such steps. If, as a result of any notice given by the Engineer under

this Clause, the Contractor shall seek the Engineer's permission to do any work at night or on

Sundays, if locally recognised as days of rest or their locally recognised equivalent, such

permission shall not be unreasonably refused.

47. Liquidated Damages for Delay

1) If the Contractor shall fail to achieve completion of the Works within the time prescribed by

Clause 43 hereof, then the Contractor shall pay to the Employer the sum stated in the Contract as

liquidated damages for such default and not as a penalty for every day or part of a day which shall

elapse between the time prescribed by Clause 43hereof and the date of certified completion of the

Works. The Employer may, without prejudice to any other method of recovery, deduct the amount

of such damages from any monies in his hands, due or which may become due to the Contractor.

The payment or deduction of such damages shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to

complete the Works or from any other of his obligations and liabilities under the Contract.

147 | P a g e

Reduction of Liquidated Damages

2) If, before the completion of the whole of the Works any part or sections of the Works has been

certified by the Engineer as completed, pursuant to Clause 48 hereof, and occupied or used by the

Employer, the liquidated damages for delay shall, for any period of delay after such certificate and

in the absence of alternative provisions in the Contract be reduced in the proportion which the

value of the part or section so certified bears to the value of the whole of the Works.

Bonus for Completion

3) If it is desired to provide in the Contract for the payment of a bonus in relation to completion of

the Works or of any part or section thereof, this shall be set out in Part-II in the Special

Conditions of Contract.

48. Certification of Completion of Works

1) When the whole of the Works have been substantially completed and have satisfactorily passed

any final test that may be prescribed by the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to that

effect to the, Engineer or to the Engineer's Representative accompanied by an undertaking to

finish any outstanding work during the Defects Liability Period. Such notice and undertaking

shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be a request by the Contractor for the Engineer to issue

a Certificate of Completion in respect of the works. The Engineer shall, within twenty-one days of

the date of delivery of such notice either issue to the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, a

Certificate of Completion stating the date on which, in his opinion, the Works were substantially

completed in accordance with the Contract or give instructions in writing to the Contractor

specifying all the work which, in the Engineer's opinion, requires to be done by the Contractor

before the issue of such Certificate. The Engineer shall also notify the Contractor of any defects in

the works affecting substantial completion that may appear after such instructions and before

completion of the Works specified therein. The Contractor shall be entitled to receive such

Certificate of Completion within twenty-one days of completion to the satisfaction of the

Engineer of the Works so specified and making good any defects so notified. The Contractor shall

nevertheless, remain liable for rectification of further defects, if any, noticed during the Defects

Liability Period stated in Clause 49 hereof.

Certification of Completion by Stages

2) Similarly, in accordance with the procedure set out in Sub-clause (1) of this Clause, the

Contractor may request and the Engineer shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of:

a) Any section of the Works in respect of which a separate time for completion is provided in the

Contract: and

148 | P a g e

b) Any substantial part of the Works which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the

Engineer and occupied or used by the Employer.

3) Provided always that a Certificate of Completion given in respect of any section or part of the

Works before completion of the whole shall not be deemed to certify completion of any ground or

surfaces requiring reinstatement, unless such Certificate shall expressly so state.

49. DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION

Definition of Defects Liability Period

1) In these Conditions the expression "Defects Liability Period" shall mean the period of three

hundred sixty five days calculated from the date of completion of the Works, certified by the

Engineer in accordance with Clause 48 hereof, or in the event of more than one certificate having

been issued by the Engineer under the said Clause, from the respective dates so certified and in

relation to the Defects Liability Period the expression "the Works" shall be construed accordingly.

Execution of Work of Repair etc.

2) Any defects, shrinkage, settlement or other faults which may appear or be noticed within the

Defect Liability Period, and a rising in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or

workmanship not having in accordance with the Contract, shall upon the direction in writing of

the Engineer and within such reasonable time as shall be specified therein, be amended and made

good by the contractor at his own cost.

Cost of Execution of Work of Repair, etc

3) All such work shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own expense if the necessity thereof

shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be due to the use of materials or workmanship not in

accordance with the Contract, or to neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with

any obligation, expressed or implied, on the Contractor's part under the Contract. If in the opinion

of the Engineer, such necessity shall be due to any other cause, the value of such work shall be

ascertained and paid for as if it were additional work.

Remedy on Contractor’s failure to carryout work required

4) If the Contractor shall fail to do any such work as aforesaid required by the Engineer, the

Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and if such work

is work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense

under the Contract, then all expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable

from the Contractor by the Employer or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due

or which may become due to the Contractor.

149 | P a g e

50. Contractor to Search

The Contractor shall if required by the Engineer in writing, search under the directions of the

Engineer for the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault appearing during the progress of the

Works or during the Defects Liability Period. Unless such defect, imperfection or fault shall be

one for which the Contractor is liable under the Contract, the cost of the work carried out by the

Contractor in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the Employer. If such defect, imperfection

or fault shall be one for which the Contractor is liable as aforesaid, the cost of the work carried

out in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the Contractor and he shall in such case repair,

rectify and make good such defect, imperfection or fault at his own expense in accordance with

the provisions of Clause 49 hereof.

51. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OMISSIONS Variations

1) The Engineer shall make any variation of the form, quality or quantity of the Works or any part

thereof that may, in his opinion, be necessary and for that purpose or if for any other reason it

shall, in his opinion be desirable, he shall have power to order the Contractor to do and the

Contractor shall do any of the following:-

a) increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the Contract,

b) omit any such work,

c) change the character or quality or kind of any such work,

d) change the levels, lines, positions and dimensions of any part of the Works, and

e) execute additional work of any kind necessary for the completion of the Works and no such

variation shall in any way vitiate or invalidate the Contract, but the price, if any, of all such

variations shall be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of the Contract Sum. The

Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation on account of omission or decrease in Work

under this clause.

Orders for variations to be in writing

2) No such variations shall be made by the Contractor without an order in writing by the

Engineer. Provided that no order in writing shall be required for increase or decrease in the

quantity of any-work where such increase or decrease is not the result of an order given under this

Clause, but is the result of the quantities exceeding or being less than those stated in the Bill of

Quantities. Provided also that if for any reason the Engineer shall consider it desirable to give any

such order verbally, the Contractor shall comply with such order and any confirmation in writing

of such verbal order given by the Engineer, whether before or after the carrying out of the order,

shall be deemed to be an order in writing within the meaning of this Clause. Provided further that

if the Contractor shall within seven days confirm in writing to the Engineer and such confirmation

150 | P a g e

shall not be contradicted in writing within fourteen days by the Engineer, it shall be deemed to be

an order in writing by the Engineer.

52. Valuation of Variations

1) All extra or additional work done or Work omitted by order of the Engineer shall be priced at

the rates and prices set out in Part-II of Special Conditions of Contract.

Power of Engineer to Fix Rates

2) Provided that if the nature or amount of any omission or addition relative to the nature or

amount of the whole of the Works or to any part thereof shall be such that, in the opinion of the

Engineer, the rate or price contained in the Contract for any item of the Works is, by reason of

such omission or addition, rendered unreasonable or in applicable, then a suitable rate or price

shall be agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, the

Engineer shall fix such other rate or price as shall, in his opinion be reasonable & proper having

regard to the circumstances. Provided also that no increase or decrease under Sub-clause (1) of

this Clause or variation of rate or price under Sub-clause (2) of this Clause shall be made unless,

as soon after the date of the order as is practicable and, in the case of extra or additional work,

before the commencement of the work or as soon thereafter as is practicable, notice shall have

been given in writing:-

a) By the Contractor to the Engineer of his intention to claim extra payment or a varied rate or

price, or

b) By the Engineer to the Contractor of his intention to vary a rate or price.

Day-work

3) The Engineer may, in his opinion if it is necessary or desirable, order in writing that any

additional or substituted Work shall be executed on a day work basis. The Contractor shall then be

paid for such Work under the conditions set out in the Day work Schedule included in the

Contract and at the rates and prices affixed thereto by him in his Bid. The Contractor shall furnish

to the Engineer such receipts or other vouchers as may be necessary to prove the amounts paid

and, before ordering materials, shall submit to the Engineer quotations for the same for his

approval. In respect of all work executed on a day work basis, the Contractor shall, during the

continuance of such work, deliver each day to the Engineer's Representative an exact list

induplicate of the names, occupation and time of all workmen employed on such work and a

statement, also in duplicate, showing the description and quantity of all materials and plant used

thereon or there for (other than plant which is included in the percentage addition in accordance

with the Schedule hereinbefore referred to). One copy of each list and statement will, if correct, or

when agreed, be signed by the Engineer's Representative and returned to the Contractor.

151 | P a g e

At the end of each month, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer's Representative a priced

statement of the labour, material and plant except as aforesaid, used and the Contractor shall not

been titled to any payment unless such lists and statements have been fully and punctually

rendered. Provided always that if the Engineer shall consider that for any reason the sending of

such lists or statements by the Contractor, in accordance with the foregoing provision, was

impracticable he shall nevertheless be entitled to authorize payment for such work, either as day

work on being satisfied as to the time employed and plant and materials used on such work or at

such value therefore as shall, in his opinion, be fair and reasonable.

Claims

4) The Contractor shall send to the Engineer's Representative once in every month an account

giving particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claims for any additional payment to

which the Contractor may consider himself entitled and of all extra or additional work ordered by

the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month. No final or interim claim for

payment for any such work or expense will be considered which has not been included in such

particulars. Provided always that the Engineer shall be entitled to authorize payment to be made

for any such work or expense, notwithstanding the Contractor's failure to comply with this

condition if the Contractor has, at the earliest practicable opportunity, notified the Engineer in

writing that he intends to make a claim for such work.

53. PLANT, TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS Plant, etc.

Exclusive use for the Works

1) All Constructional Plant, Temporary Works and materials provided by the Contractor shall,

when brought on to the Site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Works

and the Contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof except for the purpose of moving

it from one part of the Site to another, without the consent, in writing of the Engineer, which shall

not be unreasonably withheld. Upon receiving the consent of the Engineer, the Contractor shall

apply for issue of Gate Pass etc. to the Employer so as to observe the administrative and security

procedures, if any, set by the Employer.

Removal of Plant, etc.

2) Upon completion of the Works, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all the said

Constructional Plant and Temporary Works remaining thereon and any unused materials provided

by the Contractor.

152 | P a g e

Employer not liable for damage to Plant, etc.

3) The Employer shall not at any time be liable for the loss or damage to any of the said

Constructional Plant and temporary works or materials save as mentioned in Clauses 20

and65hereof.

54. Approval of Materials etc. not implied

The operation of Clause 53 hereof shall not be deemed to imply any approval by the Engineer of

the materials or other matters referred to therein nor shall it prevent the rejection of any such

55. MEASUREMENT

Quantities

The quantities set out in the bill of Quantities are the estimated quantities of the Work but they are

not to be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the Works to be executed by the Contractor

in fulfillment of his obligations under the Contract.

56. Works to be Measured

The Engineer shall, except as otherwise stated, ascertain and determine by measurement the

value in terms of the Contract of work done in accordance with the Contract. He shall, when he

requires any part or parts of the Works to be measured, give notice to the Contractor's authorized

agent or representative, who shall forthwith attend or send a qualified agent to assist the Engineer

or the Engineer's Representative in making such measurement and shall furnish all particulars

required by either of them. Should the Contractor not attend or neglect or omit to send such agent,

then the measurement made by the Engineer or approved by him shall be taken to be the correct

measurement of the work. For the purpose of measuring such permanent work as is to be

measured by records and drawings, the Engineer's Representative shall prepare records and

drawings month by month of such work and the Contractor, as and when called upon to do so in

writing shall, within fourteen days, attend to examine and agree such records and drawings with

the Engineer's Representative and shall sign the same when so agreed. If the Contractor does not

so attend to examine and agree such records and drawings, they shall be taken to be correct. If,

after examinations of such records and drawings, the Contractor does not agree the same or does

not sign the same as agreed, they shall nevertheless be taken to be correct, unless the Contractor

shall, within fourteen days of such examination, lodge with the Engineer's Representative, for

decision by the Engineer, notice in writing of the respects in which such records and drawings are

claimed by him to be incorrect.

153 | P a g e

57. Method of Measurement

The Works shall be measured net, notwithstanding any general or local custom except where

otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the Contract.

58. PROVISIONAL SUMS Definition of “Provisional Sums”

1) "Provisional Sum" means a sum included in the Contract and so designated in the Bill of

Quantities for the execution of work or the supply of goods, materials or services or for

contingencies, which sum may be used, in whole or in part, or not at all, at the direction and

discretion of the Engineer. The Contract sum shall include only such amounts in respect of the

work, supply or services to which such Provisional Sums relate as the Engineer shall approve or

determine in accordance with this Clause.

Use of Provisional Sums

2) In respect of every Provisional Sum the Engineer shall have power to order:- a) Work to be

executed including goods, materials or services to be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract

Sum shall include the price of such work executed or such goods, materials or services supplied,

determined in accordance with Clause 52 thereof.

b) Work to be executed or goods, materials or services to be supplied by a nominated Sub-

Contractor as herein after defined. The sum to be paid to the Contractor therefore shall be

determined and paid in accordance with Clause59 (4) hereof.

c) Goods and materials to be purchased by the Contractor. The sum to be paid to the Contractor

therefore shall be determined and paid in accordance with Clause 59(4) hereof.

Production of Vouchers, etc.

3) The Contractor shall, when required by the Engineer, produce all quotations, invoices,

vouchers and accounts or receipts or estimates in connection with expenditure in respect of

Provisional Sums, prior to executing the work for which such Provisional Sum(s) have been

allocated and shall commence such works only after exact expenditure is agreed & the work

properly ordered on the Contractor by the Engineer.

59. NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS

Definition of

“Nominated Sub-Contractor”

1) All specialists, and others executing any work or supplying any goods, materials or services of

specialized nature which are included in the Contract, who may have been or be nominated or

selected or approved by the Employer or the Engineer, for the execution of such work or the

supply of such goods, materials or services, be deemed to be sub-contractors employed by the

154 | P a g e

Contractor on nomination by the Employer and are referred to in this Contract as "Nominated

Sub-Contractors".

Nominated Subcontractors

Objections to Nomination

2) The Contractor shall not be required by the Employer or the Engineer or be deemed to be under

any obligation to employ any nominated Sub-Contractor against whom the Contractor may raise

reasonable objection, or who shall decline to enter into a sub-contract with the Contractor

containing provisions:-

a) that in respect of the work, goods, materials or services the subject of the sub-contract, the

nominated sub-contractor will undertake towards the Contractor the like obligations and liabilities

as are imposed on the Contractor towards the Employer by the terms of the Contract and will save

harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and against the same and from all claims,

proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection

therewith or arising out of or in connection with any failure to perform such obligations or to

fulfill such liabilities

b) that the nominated Sub-Contractor will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and

against any negligence by the nominated Sub-Contractor, his agents, workmen and servants and

from and against and misuse by him or them of any Constructional Plant or the Works provided

by the Contractor for the purposes of the Contract and from all claims as aforesaid.

Design Requirement to be Expressly Stated

3) If in connection with any Provisional Sum the services to be provided include any matter of

design or specification of any part of the Works or of any equipment or plant to be incorporated

therein, such requirement shall be expressly stated in the contract and shall be included in any

Nominated Sub-Contract. The Nominated Sub-Contract shall specify that the Nominated Sub-

Contractor providing such services will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and

against the same and from all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses

whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any failure so perform such obligations or to

fulfill such liabilities.

Payments to Nominated Subcontractors

4) For all Work executed or goods, materials or services supplied by any nominated Sub-

Contractor, there shall be included in the:-

Contract Sum:-

a) the actual price paid or due to be paid by the Contractor, on the direction of the Engineer,

and in accordance with-the Sub-Contract;

155 | P a g e

b) the sum, if any, entered in the Bill of Quantities for labour supplied by the Contractor in

connection herewith, or If ordered by the Engineer pursuant to Clause 58 (2) (b)hereof, as may be

determined in accordance with Clause52hereof.

c) in respect of all other charges and profit, a sum being a percentage rate of the actual price paid

or due to be paid calculated, where provision has been made in the Bill of Quantities for a rate to

be set against the relevant Provisional Sum, at the rate inserted by the Contractor against that item

or, where no such provision has been made, at the rate inserted by the Contractor in the Appendix

to the Bid and repeated where provision for such is made in a special item provided in the Bill of

Quantities for such purpose.

Certification of Payments to Nominated Sub-Contractors

5) Before issuing, under Clause 60 hereof, any certificate, which includes any payment in respect

of work done or goods, materials or service supplied by any Nominated Sub-Contractor, the

Engineer shall be entitled to demand from the Contractor reasonable proof that all payments, less

retention, included in previous certificates in respect of the work or goods, materials or services of

such Nominated Sub-Contractor have been paid or discharged by the Contractor, in default

whereof unless the Contractor shall

a) Inform the Engineer in writing that has reasonable cause for withholding or refusing to make

such payments and

b) Produce to the Engineer reasonable proof that he has so informed such Nominated Sub-

Contractor in writing. The Employer shall be entitled to pay to such Nominated Sub-Contractor

direct, upon the certificate of the Engineer, all payments, less retention, provided for in the Sub-

Contract, which the contractor has failed to make to such Nominated Sub-Contractor and to

deduct by way of set-off, the amount so paid by the Employer from any sums due or which may

become due from the Employer to the Contractor. Provided always that, where the Engineer has

certified and the Employer has paid direct as aforesaid, the Engineer shall in issuing any further

certificate in favour of the Contractor deduct from the amount thereof the amount so paid, direct

as aforesaid, but shall not withhold or delay the issue of the certificate itself when due to be issued

under the terms of Contract.

Assignment of Nominated Sub-Contractors Obligations

6) In the event of a Nominated Sub-Contractor, as herein before defined, having undertaken

towards the Contractor in respect of the work executed, or the goods, materials or services

supplied by such Nominated Sub-Contractor, any continuing obligation extending for a period

exceeding that of the Defects Liability Period under the Contract, the Contractor shall at any time,

156 | P a g e

after the expiration of the Defects Liability Period, assign to the Employer, at the Employer's

request and cost, the benefit of such obligation for the unexpired duration thereof.

60. CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENT

Certificates and Payment

1) Unless otherwise provided, payments shall be made as per terms of payment set forth in the

Bid document.

Advances on Construction Plant and Materials

2) Where advances are to be made by the Client to the Contractor in respect of Constructional

Plant and Materials, the conditions of payment and repayment shall be as set out in Part-II in the

Special Conditions of Contract.

61. Approval only by Certificate of Final Completion

No certificate other than the Certificate of Final Completion referred to in Clause 62 hereof shall

be deemed to constitute approval of the works.

62. Certificate of Final Completion

1) The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Certificate of Final Completion shall

have been signed by the Engineer and delivered to the Employer stating that the Works have been

completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The Certificate for Final Completion shall be given

by the Engineer within twenty-eight days after the expiration of the Defects Liability Period, or, if

different Defect Liability Periods shall become applicable to different sections or parts of the

Works, the expiration of the latest such period, or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during

such period pursuant to Clauses 49 and50hereof, shall have been completed to the satisfaction of

the Engineer and full effect shall be given to this Clause notwithstanding any previous entry on

the Works or the taking possession, working or using thereof or any part thereof by the Employer.

Provided always that the issue of the Certificate of Final Completion shall not be a condition

precedent to payment to the Contractor of the second portion of the retention money in

accordance with the conditions set out in Part II of Special Conditions of Contract.

Cessation of the Employer’s Liability

2) The Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing arising out of or in

connection with the Contract or the execution of the works, unless the Contractor shall have made

a claim in writing in respect thereof as per Clause 52 (4)hereof, before the giving of Certificate of

Final Completion.

Unfulfilled Obligations

3) Notwithstanding the issue of the Certificate of Final Completion the Contractor and, subject to

sub-clause (2) of this clause, the Employer shall remain liable for the fulfillment of any obligation

157 | P a g e

incurred under the provisions of the Contract prior to the issue of the Certificate of Final

Completion which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for the purposes

of determining the nature and extent of any such obligation, the Contract shall be deemed to

remain in force between the parties hereto.

63. REMEDIES AND POWERS

Default of Contractor

1) If the Contractor shall become bankrupt or have a receiving order made against him, or shall

present his petition in bankruptcy, or shall make an arrangement with or assignment in favour of

his creditors, or shall agree to carry out the contract under committee of inspection of his creditors

or, being a corporation, shall go into liquidation (other than a voluntary liquidation for the

purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), or if the Contractor shall assign the Contract,

without the consent in writing of the Employer first obtained, or shall have an execution levied on

his goods, or if the Engineer shall certify in writing to the Employer that in his opinion the

Contractor:-

a) has abandoned the Contract, or

b) without reasonable excuse has failed to commence the Works or has suspended the progress of

the Works for twenty-eight days after receiving from the Engineer written notice to proceed, or

c) has failed to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work for twenty eight

days after receiving from the Engineer written notice that the said materials or work had been

condemned and rejected by the Engineer under these conditions, or

d) despite previous warnings by the Engineer, in writing, is not executing the Works in

accordance with the Contract, or is persistently or flagrantly neglecting to carry out his obligations

under the Contract, or

e) has, to the detriment of good workmanship, or in defiance of the Engineer's instructions to the

contrary, sublet any part of the Contract then the Employer may, after giving fourteen days notice

in writing to the Contractor, enter upon the site and the Works and expel the Contractor there

from without thereby voiding the Contract, or releasing the Contractor from any of his obligations

or liabilities under the Contract, or affecting the rights and powers conferred on the Employer or

the Engineer by the Contract, and may himself complete the Works or may employ any other

agency to complete the Works. The Employer or such other agency may use for such completion

so much of the Constructional Plant, amenities and materials, which have been deemed to be

reserved exclusively for the execution of the Works, under the provisions of the Contract, as he or

they may think proper. The Employer, at his option, may sell or choose to return to the

Contractor, without prejudice to any of his rights under the Contract, the said Constructional

158 | P a g e

Plant, amenities and unused materials. In case of sale the sale proceeds shall be applied towards

the satisfaction of any sums due or which may become due from the Contractor under the

Contract. The return of the Constructional Plants, amenities and unused materials to the

Contractor by the Employer, shall be without prejudice to the right of the Employer to recover his

dues form the Contractor by any other means available to the Employer.

Valuation on Date of Forfeiture

2) The Engineer shall, as soon as may be practicable after any such entry and expulsion by the

Employer, fix and determine ex party, or by or after reference to the parties, or after such

investigation or inquiries as he may think fit to make or institute and shall certify what amount, if

any, had at the time of such entry and expulsion been reasonably earned by or would reasonably

accrue to the Contractor in respect of work then actually done by him under the Contract and the

value of any of the said unused or partially used materials, any Constructional Plant and any

amenities brought into existence exclusively for execution of the Works.

Payment after Forfeiter

3) If the Employer shall enter and expel the Contractor under this Clause, he shall not be liable to

pay to the Contractor any money on account of the Contract, until the expiration of the Defects

Liability Period and thereafter until the costs of execution, damages for delay in completion, if

any, and all other expenses incurred by the Employer have been ascertained and the amount

thereof certified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall then be entitled to receive only such sum or

sums, if any, as the Engineer may certify would have been payable to him upon due completion

by him after deducting the said amount. If such amount shall exceed the sum which would have

been payable to the Contractor on due completion by him, then the Contractor shall, upon

demand, pay to the Employer the amount of such excess and it shall be deemed a "debt due" by

the Contractor to the Employer and shall be recoverable accordingly.

64. Urgent Repairs

If, by reason of any accident, or failure, or other event occurring to or in connection with the

Works, or any part thereof, either during the execution of the works, or during period of Defects

Liability any remedial or other work or repair, shall, in the opinion of the Engineer or the

Engineer's Representative, be urgently necessary for the safety of the Works and the Contractor is

unable or unwilling at once to do such work or repair, the Employer may employ and pay other

persons to carry out such work or repair as the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative may

consider necessary. If the work or repair so done by the Employer is the work which, in the

opinion of the Engineer the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense under the Contract, all

expenses properly incurred by the Employer in so doing shall be recoverable from the Contractor

159 | P a g e

by the Employer, or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or which may

become due to the Contractor. Provided always that the Engineer or the Engineer's

Representative, as the case may be, shall, as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency as

may be reasonably practicable, notify the Contractor thereof in writing.

65. SPECIAL RISKS No Liability for War, etc.

Risks

Notwithstanding anything in the Contract contained

1) The Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever whether byway of indemnity or

otherwise, for or in respect of destruction of or damage to the Works, save to work condemned

under the provisions of Clause 39 hereof prior to the occurrence of any special risk hereinafter

mentioned, or to property whether of the Employer or third parties, or for or in respect of injury or

loss of life which is the consequence of any special risk as herein after defined. The Employer

shall indemnify and save harmless the contractor against and from the same and against and from

all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising there out or in

connection therewith.

Damage to Works, etc. by:-

Special Risks

2) If the works or any materials on or near or in transit to the Site or any other property of the

Contractor used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Works, shall sustain destruction or

damage by reason of any of the said special risks the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for:-

a) any part of the Work and for any materials so destroyed or damaged, and so far as may be

required by the Engineer, or as may be necessary for the completion of the Works, on the basis of

cost plus such percentage as stated in Part II of the Special conditions of Contract with reference

to Clause 52hereof.

b) replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Works;

c) replacing or making good such materials or other property of the contractor used or intended to

be used for the purposes of the Works.

Projectile, Missile etc

3) Destruction damage, injury or loss of life caused by the explosion or impact whenever and

wherever occurring of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade, or other projectile, missile, ammunition or

explosive of war, shall be deemed to be a consequence of the said special risks.

Increased Costs arising from Special Risks

4) The Employer shall repay to the Contractor any increased cost of or incidental to the execution

of the Works other than such as maybe attributable to the cost of reconstructing work condemned

160 | P a g e

under the provisions of Clause39 hereof, prior to the occurrence of any special risk, which is

howsoever attributable to or consequent on or the result of or in any way whatsoever connected

with the said special risk, subject however to the provisions in this Clause hereinafter contained in

regard to outbreak of war, but the Contractor shall as soon as any such increase of cost shall come

to his knowledge within seven days of such increase coming to his knowledge, notify the

Engineer thereof in writing.

Special Risks

5) The special risks are war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion act of foreign

enemies, the nuclear and pressure waves, risk described in Clause 20(2) hereof, or insofar as it

relates to the country in which the Works are being or are to be executed or maintained, rebellion,

revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power and civil war.

Outbreak of War

6) If, during the currency of the Contract, there shall be an outbreak of war, whether war is

declared or not, in any part of the world which, whether financially or otherwise, materially

affects the execution of the works, the contractor shall, unless and until the contract is terminated

under the provisions of this clause, continue to use his best endeavors to complete the execution

of the Works. Provided always that the Employer shall be entitled at any time after such outbreak

of war to terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Contractor and, upon such notice

being given this contract shall except as to the rights of the parties under this Clause and to the

operation of Clause 67 hereof, terminate, but without prejudice to the rights of either party in

respect of any antecedent breach thereof.

Removal of Plant on Termination

7) If the Contract shall be terminated under the provisions of the last preceding sub-clause, the

Contractor shall, with all reasonable despatch, remove from the Site all constructional Plant and

shall give similar facilities to his sub-contractors to do so.

Payment of Contract

Termination

8) If the Contract shall be terminated as aforesaid, the Contractor shall be paid by the Employer,

insofar as such amounts or items shall not have already been covered by payments on account

made to the Contractor, for all work executed prior to the date of termination at the rates and

prices provided in the Contract and in addition:-

a) The amounts payable in respect of any preliminary items, so far as the work or service

comprised therein has been carried out or performed, and a proper proportion as certified by the

161 | P a g e

Engineer of any such items, the Work or service comprised in which has been partially carried out

or performed.

b) The cost of materials or goods reasonably ordered for the Works which shall have been

delivered to the Contractor or of which the Contractor is legally liable to accept delivery, such

materials or goods becoming the property of the Employer upon such payments being made by

him.

c) A sum to be certified by the Engineer, being the amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred

by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the whole of the Works in so far as such

expenditure shall not have been covered by the payments in this sub-clause before mentioned.

d) Any additional sum payable under the provisions of sub-clauses (1), (2) and (4) of this Clause.

e) The reasonable cost of removal of Constructional Plant under sub-clause (7) of this Clause and,

if required by the Contractor, return thereof to the Contractor's main plant yard in his country of

registration or to other destination, at no greater cost.

f) The reasonable cost of repatriation of all the Contractor's staff and workmen employed on or in

connection with the Works at the time of such termination.

Provided always that against any payments due from the Employer under this sub-clause, the

Employer shall be entitled to be credited with any outstanding balances due from the Contractor

for advances in respect of Constructional Plant and materials and any other sums which at the date

of termination were recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor under the terms of the

contract. The Employer shall also return all Bank Guarantees and retention after proper accounts

have been settled between Contractor and the Employer.

66. FRUSTRATION

Payment in Event of Frustration

If a war, or other circumstances outside the control of both parties, arises after the contract is

made so that either party is prevented from fulfilling his contractual obligations, or under the law

governing the Contract, the parties are released from further performance, then the sum payable

by the Employer to the Contractor in respect of the work executed shall be the same as that which

would have been payable under Clause 65hereof, as if the Contract had been terminated under the

provisions of Clause65 hereof. Performance of obligations becoming more onerous shall not be

considered as a cause for `Frustration

67. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

Excepted Matters

1) Wherever, in any of the documents forming part of the Contract, the Engineer has been vested

with the final powers, his decision, opinion, certificate or any other discretion shall be final

162 | P a g e

conclusive and binding on the parties and shall be without appeal. All other matters shall be

subject to the right of arbitration.

Settlement of Disputes and Arbitration

2) Except for matters stated in sub-clause (1) above all other disputes and difference arising out of

or in connection with the contract, whether during the progress of work or after completion, shall

be referred to and settled by Arbitration by sole Arbitrator to be nominated the Managing

Director, ATDC which arbitrators shall, before taking upon themselves, the burden of reference,

appoint an Umpire. In the event of the Arbitrators disagreeing, the decision of the Umpire shall,

however, be final and binding on both the parties. For the purpose of this clause, the provisions of

the Indian Arbitration Act, 1996, with the relevant amendments shall be applicable. None of the

clauses of this contract will survive after issue of the Certificate of Final Completion or payment

of Final Bill, whichever is later.

68. NOTICES

Service of Notices on Contractor

1) All certificates, notices or written orders to be given by the Employer or by the Engineer to the

Contractor under the terms of the Contract shall be served by sending by registered post or by

Courier or delivering the same to the Contractor's principal place of business, or such other

address as the Contractor shall nominate for this purpose.

Services of Notices on the Employer of the Engineer

2) All notices to be given to the Employer or to the Engineer under the terms of the Contract shall

be served by sending by registered post or by Courier or delivering the same to the respective

addresses nominated for that purpose in Part II of these conditions.

Change of Address

3) Either party may change a nominated address to another address in the country where the

works are being executed by prior written notice to the other party and the Engineer may do so by

prior written notice to both parties.

69. DEFAULT OF EMPLOYER:-

Default of Employer

1) In the event of the Employer

a) failing to pay to the Contractor the amount due under any certificate of the Engineer within

thirty days after the same shall have become due under the terms of the Contract, subject to any

deduction that the Employer is entitled to make under the Contract, or

b) Interfering with or obstructing or refusing any acquired approval to the issue of any such

certificate, or

163 | P a g e

c) becoming bankrupt or, being a company, going into liquidation, other than for the purpose of a

scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation, or

d) giving formal notice to the Contractor that for unforeseen reasons, due to economic dislocation

it is impossible for him to continue to meet his contractual obligations. the Contractor shall be

entitled to terminate his employment under the Contract after giving fourteen days' prior written

notice to the Employer, with a copy to the Engineer.

2) Upon the expiry of the 14 days' notice referred to in sub-clause(1) of this Clause, the

Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 53 (1) hereof, with all reasonable

dispatch, remove from the Site all Constructional Plant brought by him thereon.

3) In the event of such termination the Employer shall be under the same obligations to the

Contractor in regard to payment as if the Contract had been terminated under the provisions of

Clause 63hereof, but, in addition to the payments specified in Clause65 (8) hereof, the Employer

shall pay to the Contractor the amount of any loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of or in

connection with or by consequence of such termination.

70. CHANGES IN COSTS AND LEGISLATION

Statutory variations if any in Value Added Tax (VAT) and Service Tax (ST) on Contract price

shall be to the Employer’s account

164 | P a g e

Part II

Special conditions of contract

I N D E X

Clause Page

SP 1 GENERAL

SP 2 DEFINITIONS

SP 3 POWERS AND DUTIES OF ENGINEERS

SP 4 LANGUAGES AND LAW

SP 5 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY

SP 6 PROGRAMMES

SP 7 INSURANCE

SP 8 LABOUR

SP 9 COSTS OF SAMPLES

SP 10 TIME OF COMPLETION

SP 11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY

SP 12 BONUS FOR EARLY COMPLETION

SP 13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF WORKS

SP 14 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

SP 15 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

SP 16 NOMINATED SUB CONTRACTORS

SP 17 CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS

SP 18 APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORKS

SP 19 BID RATES AND PRICES ALL INCLUSIVE

SP 20 EMPLOYER’S AND ENGINEER’S OFFICES AND FACILITIES

SP 21 ACCOMMODATION AND OTHER FACILITIES FOR

CONTRACTOR’S STAFF AND LABOUR IF PERMITTED

SP 22 IDENTITY BADGES

165 | P a g e

SP 23 CONSTRUCTION POWER AND WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION

SP 24 SANITATION AND DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION

SP 25 AMBIENT CONDITIONS

SP 26 SIGN BOARDS

SP 27 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

SP 28 NOTICES

SP 29 INCREASES OR DECREASE OF COSTS

SP 30 TAXATION

SP 31 REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR

SP 32 VALUE OF VARIATIONS

SP 33 MISCELLANEOUS

SP 34 VARIATION IN QUANTITIES

SP 35 VARATION EXCEEDING

SP 36 ARRANGEMENTS FOR FIRE FIGHTING

SP 37 MEDICAL FACILITIES & SAFETY DEVICES

SP 38 INDEMNIFICATION

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

PART – II – SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

SP.1 GENERAL

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT of this PART-II shall be read in conjunction with

GENERALCONDITIONS OF CONTRACT in PART-I and both form an integral part of Contract.

Where the two parts are at variance, the conditions stipulated in this PART II as special Conditions

shall supersede relevant provisions in General Conditions in PART-I.

SP.2 ENGINEER DEFINITIONS (Ref. Clause 1)

The Engineer and shall be:

SP.3 (Ref. Clause 2) POWERS AND DUTIES OF ENGINEERS

The Engineer has been appointed by and duly authorised by the Employer to supervise, test,

examine any materials and/or works, to order, cancel, alter, modify, any of the materials, items or

works within the framework of the Contract. To approve/reject requests for modifications in works

166 | P a g e

or schedule whether or not such orders, approvals, rejections, etc. involve increase or decrease in

the costs or time.

The Engineer is further authorised to administer the Contract, check, correct, modify and certify or

reject any bill or requests for payment for the materials, items of works.

SP.4 (Ref. Clause 5) LANGUAGE AND LAW

The Ruling language for the Contract and related aspects shall be ENGLISH. The Contract shall be

governed by and construed in accordance with Laws of India, for time being in force. The

Contractor shall on his own and at his own expense obtain all necessary permits and permissions to

execute the job, including required registrations, agents etc. and shall indemnify the Employer in

all related matters.

SP.5 (Ref. Clause 8) CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY

SP.5.1 Temporary Works and Arrangements

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer full particulars, drawings, etc. of all temporary works

necessary for the execution of the works and shall allow sufficient time for Engineer to consider

the same. The Engineer reserves the right to comment on the Contractor’s proposals if they

consider that modifications should be made. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the

stability and safety of all temporary works including obtaining statutory approvals and payment of

statutory fees, if any. The Engineer will indicate the site(s) for such temporary works and the

Contractor will have to restrict his requirements to the same. Should it be necessary to shift the

temporary works to some other allotted place during the executions of the works, the Contractor

shall do so, when informed by the Engineer, at his own cost and without delay or demur. Such

shifting of temporary works may be in part or in full.

SP.5.2 Initial and Final Clearance of Site for temporary works

The Contractor shall be responsible for the clearance of the site of all scrub, debris, rubbish, etc. to

be removed off site to allocation to be provided by the contractor and approved by the Engineer.

However, no trees shall be removed without the prior permission of the Engineer. The structures,

services and works required to be demolished and removed shall also be removed off site to a

location as mentioned above. The Contractor shall obtain necessary permissions and approvals

from local authorities for such disposals. The demolition shall include digging, excavating and

removal of substructures, foundations and buried works. The cost of all this shall be borne by the

Contractor.

The above is applicable for all site offices, labour camps, and godowns etc. which are not required

after the Work is finally completed.

SP 5.3 Storage, Cleaning and Dewatering

The Contractor shall at all the times during construction keep the Site clean and free from all

debris and unwanted materials as per instructions of the Engineer Storage of materials shall be in

an organised manner and in proper compartments. Storage on suspended floors shall not be

167 | P a g e

permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the Engineer for specific materials in specific

locations and in approved manner. Engineer shall be furnished with load details, if requested,

before seeking approval for storage. Regular cleaning operations shall be undertaken to remove all

dust, debris, waste materials, etc. A cleaning schedule shall be maintained. Contractor shall make

his own arrangement for storage of those materials which cannot be accommodated at site.

Contractor shall be fully responsible for safe custody of the same. Materials shall be considered as

“Delivered at Site” only after the physical presence of materials at site are verified by the

Engineer. Stores elsewhere shall not be eligible for being considered as “Delivered at Site”.

Contractor shall be responsible to keep entire site free from water due to water coming from any

source at any level and shall protect all materials and works from being damaged by the water

from any source. Contractor shall make proper arrangements for drainage prior to use of water for

curing, testing, cleaning etc. Any expenditure incurred by the Contractor in fulfillment of his

obligations under this sub-clause shall be deemed to have been included in the Contract Sum.

SP 5.4 Co-ordination of Builders work required for services

The contractor shall execute the work in coordination with other agencies & shall leave such

necessary holes, openings, etc. for laying/burying in the work pipes, cables, conduits, clamps,

boxes, and hooks for fan clamps etc. as may be required for the electric and sanitary works etc. and

nothing extra shall be paid for the same.The Contractor’s attention is also drawn to the fact that all

holes chases, etc. shall be left in the building work as it proceeds and not cut-out subsequently

except in so far as may be necessary due to subsequent authorised instructions. The Contractor

shall therefore obtain necessary builders work details in such order and in such time as to enable

them to be checked and approved by the Engineer not less than two weeks before the actual

construction is planned to take place.

SP 5.5 General

The contractor shall generally employ local personnel and as far as possible make purchases from

local suppliers.

SP 6.PROGRAMME

Within 15 days of the Award of Contract, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval

a programme showing the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the works. The

programme shall be prepared taking into account the activities of various other agencies involved

in the project and shall be to the Approval of the Engineer. The programme shall be reviewed by

the Engineer from time to time and revisions if necessary shall be made for well co-ordinate and

expedient implementation of the project. A separate programme shall be prepared for each

building/structure. The Employer will have the right to indicate priorities for execution of various

buildings/structures included in the Works. The Contractor will mobilize or re-mobilise or adjust

his resources according to the priorities set by the Employer at no extra cost to the Employer. Even

though overall period of the Contract shall be as stated in the Appendix to this Bid; the Consultant

168 | P a g e

or the Employer or the Engineer may have to fix different periods of completion for individual

buildings/structures keeping in view the targeted date for commissioning. The Contractor shall

abide by such different dates of completion, which shall be within the overall stipulated period of

completion and will provide the contractor with a shorter duration within which the Contractor will

have to complete such building /structure. The Contractor will not been titled any extra payment

on this account.

SP.7 INSURANCE (Ref. Clause21,22, 23 & 24)

Insurance of Works

All the Insurance shall be arranged by Contractor from First Class Insurance Company having a

Branch near the Site who can deal with all matters pertaining to the subject.

The following policies shall be maintained for the duration of the contract, or the extended period

if required. Contractor’s All-risk Insurance Policy covering loss, damage, theft, burglary etc. of all

materials and equipment, temporary works and the Works shall be insured for a total sum equal to

the value of all such items plus ten percent of such value. The Contractor shall make available the

insurance cover note before the commencement of work, and shall notify any change in the nature

or extent of the works and also make available Additional Insurance of works if required in Special

Circumstances.

Workmen’s Compensation

Insurance for Injury, Accident, etc.

Contractor shall provide for adequate cover to his employees as per provisions of Workmen’s

Compensation Act.

Indemnity

Contractor shall indemnify the Engineer and Employer from all claims that may arise on account

of Contractor’s operations at Site.

SP 8 LABOUR (Ref. Clause 34)

The Contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations and laws including but not limited to CLB,

ESI, P.F., and Medical and safety of workmen for labour directly or indirectly engaged by the

Contractor, his representative and sub-contractors. The Contractor at their own cost shall register

themselves wherever and whosoever required in this connection at local and state level.

SP 9 COSTS OF SAMPLES (Ref. Clause 36-2)

The Contractors shall at their cost provide samples for the approval of an Engineer and shall

provide alternative sample until an approval has been obtained. The Contractor shall at his cost

provide one set of approved standards and codes to which the proposed materials, items and works

to be executed shall conform. Such a set shall be handed over to Engineer’s representative for

ready reference. All materials, items and works, when submitted for approval shall have reference

of Bid Specifications and drawings and of clauses of relevant standard sand codes for acceptance

169 | P a g e

criteria. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide normal testing facilities at site as directed by

the Engineer.

SP 10 TIME FOR COMPLETION (Ref. Clause 43)

The whole of the Works shall be completed within the period as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid

from the stipulated date of commencement. The Employer, through the Engineer may fix shorter

periods for certain buildings/structures and the Contractor will have to complete such

buildings/structures in the desired shorter duration at no extra cost to the Employer.

SP 11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY (Ref. Clause 47(1))

The Contractor shall pay to the Employer such sum as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid as

liquidated damages which shall lapse between the time prescribed by Clause 43 and SP 10 hereof

and the date of certificate of completion of the works. Such liquidated damages shall be subject to

a maximum limit as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid.

SP 12 BONUS FOR EARLYCOMPLETION (Ref. Clause 47 (3))

If it is desired by the Employer to pay to the Contractor such sum as stipulated in Appendix to the

Bid as Bonus which shall have to lapse between the date of certificate of completion of the works

and the scheduled date of completion arrived at from the time prescribed by Clause 43 and SP 10

hereof. Such Bonus shall be subject to a maximum limit as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid.

SP 13 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION OF WORKS (Ref. Clause 48)

The Engineer shall issue Certificate of Completion of Works upon request from the Contractor

void clause 48, only if in the opinion of the Engineer the work be substantially completed is in

such a condition so as to be put to its proper commercial use and/or occupied without any short

comings and no major or minor items of works are remaining which in the opinion of and the

Engineer will cause undue difficulties in satisfactory use/occupation of the Works. The opinion of

the Engineer shall be final and binding.

SP 14 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD (Ref. Clause 49)

The Defects Liability Period shall be as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid or 365days calculated

from the date of completion of the Works, whichever is lesser.

SP 15 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT (Ref. Clause 57)

The Works shall be measured in percentage basis as given in the mile stone.

SP 16 NOMINATED SUBCONTRACTORS (Ref. Clause 59)

Agencies/Companies/Parties, to which any part of the work is sublet or assigned by the Contractor

at his own discretion, shall not seem to be

Nominated Sub Contractors vide clause 59, although their appointment is approved by the

Engineer vide Clause 3 & 4.

170 | P a g e

SP 17 CERTIFICATES & PAYMENTS (Ref. Clause 60)

SP 17.1 Billing and Certificates

Payment will be made as percentage basis (Mile stones) as indicated in the terms of

payment and as per availability of fund.

Sl.

No.

Miles stones Payments (Percentage

of total quoted amount)

1 Completion of 30% of all Civil works 20%

2 Completion of 60% of all Civil works 35%

3 Completion of civil works in all respect 15%

4 Completion of external and internal water

supply system, internal electrification and

external electrification works

14%

5 Supply, erection and commissioning of

distribution transformer and DG set

6 %

6 Landscaping and footway & furniture 5 %

7 On hand over of the project with due clearance

of engineer in charge

5 %

SP 17.2 Advances

SP 17.2.1 Terms of Payment

Advance as stipulated in the appendix to the Bid excluding sums of contingencies shall be payable

to the Contractor against an irrevocable Bank Guarantee of like amount in the same currency, from

a scheduled and/or Nationalised Bank.

The mobilization advance will recovered on pro rata basis

(@15%of the bill value & till full recovery) from the second RA bill or after completion of 15% of

the work whichever is earlier.

Advance BG can be released after full recovery of the mobilization advance.

SP 17.2.3 Payment for Works

The Contractor shall be paid for every completed miles stones claimed only safte cerification by

the engineer –in-charge such sum or price of the work executed.

SP 17.2.4 Retention Money

Retention Money shall be as stipulated in the Appendix to the Bid:

Retention Money shall be released in the Pre-final Certificate of Payment provided that

Performance Bond is valid or has been revalidated for the entire duration of the Defects Liability

Period.

171 | P a g e

SP 18 APPROVALS AND ACCEPTANCE (Ref. Clause 13 & 61)

Provisional Acceptance

SP 18.1 The work shall deem to have been provisionally accepted after fulfillment of all of the

following by the Contractor.

1. Obtaining approvals from local Authorities as required for occupation and use of the Works and

handing over such certificates to the Engineer.

2. Submitting As-Built Drawings, Catalogues, Brochures, Data Sheets, manuals as directed by the

Engineer.

3. Obtaining Certificate of Completion vide Clause 48 from the Engineer.

4. Handing over of the Works to the Employer as directed by the Engineer.

SP 18.2 Approval and Acceptance

The works shall deem to have been approved and accepted only on issue of Certificate of Final

Completion by the Engineer without prejudice to the Employer’s rights under the Contract

particularly under Clause 62(3).

SP 19 BID RATESAND PRICES ALLINCLUSIVE

All taxes shall be included in quoted rates and borne by the Bidder. Royalty on quarried materials

like stones, stone ballast, gravel, murrum, silica and other materials shall also be included in rates

and borne by the Bidder. Royalty on excavated earth, stone, boulders, at site shall be included in

rates for relevant excavation items. Quoted rates shall remain firm throughout the performance of

contract.

SP 20 ENGINEER’SFACILITIES

The Contractor shall provide at all times for the duration of the contract all chairman, staff men,

workmen and survey instruments for the exclusive use of the Engineer as directed by the Engineer

for carrying out of his duties in connection with the contract. Such instruments, which must be

approved by the Engineer shall include but not be limited to the following:

1) One the odolite and tripod capable of reading to 20seconds.

2. One level with horizontal circle and tripod.

3. Two metric leveling staffs not less than 3.5 metres high.

4. One 100 meter rust less steel band, one30 metre rust less steel tape and two 30metre linen tapes.

5) An adequate number of ranging rods, drop arrows, wooden setting-out pegs, etc.

The contractor shall be solely responsible for all such instruments and equipment and shall ensure

that they are at all times in good repair and adjustment.

SP 21 ACCOMODATIONAND OTHERFACILITIES

FORCONTRACTOR’SSTAFF ANDLABOUR IFPERMITTED

The Contractor shall provide accommodation for his staff and labour within site only on very

specific permission in writing from Engineer and not otherwise. Under normal circumstances, no

permission will be granted for such purposes on the site. The provisions should in no way affect

172 | P a g e

the natural ecology of the site. The location shall be approved by Engineer. The type of temporary

structures shall also be to the approval of the Engineer. Coal/Fire wood shall not be used for any

purpose. All cooking shall be in centralised locations and by kerosene or gas.

SP 22 IDENTITYBADGES

All staff and labour shall be given identity badges of approved design and these shall be worn

whenever the person is moving on the Site.

SP 23 CONSTRUCTIONPOWER

CONSTRUCTION POWER AND WATER FORCONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall arrange for power for construction and temporary buildings / works at his

own cost and nothing extra shall be payable on this account. The Contractor shall also install at his

own cost a set of mobile Diesel Generator for construction, temporary buildings and temporary

lighting in order to take care of power failure and inadequate / fluctuating supply of power. These

shall be provided from the date of mobilization upto the commissioning. The contractor shall

provide all accessories and cabling as required along with the sets. The contractor shall provide the

installation and shall maintain the same in good order for entire duration.

The contractor shall then remove and take away all the equipments and accessories and the likes.

WATER FORCONSTRUCTION

Water for construction shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost and the same is deemed

to be included in the quoted rates.

SP 24 SANITATION ANDDRAINAGEDURINGCONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall provide sanitation and drainage facilities on the Site as stated subsequently, at

his own cost. The Contractor shall strictly control the labour so that the Site is not polluted, made

dirty or littered with debris, wastes or the likes. Any person found creating mess or litter or

pollution shall be removed from the Site immediately at Contractor’s cost. The Contractor shall

provide sanitation facilities at convenient locations on Site to preserve the cleanliness of the Site.

The effluent shall be directed as follows:

1. Waste Water : Collection and pumping out and disposal off the Site in approved manner.

2. Sewage: Septic Tank Provision –sludge to be collected and disposed off at intervals as directed.

The locations of the above provisions shall be as marked on the Site Mobilization Scheme drawing

to be submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer.

SP 25 AMBIENTCONDITIONS

The Contractor shall take note of the Site conditions and shall obtain any further details about

ambient conditions on his own and take into account while pricing his Bid. All items and

equipments quoted shall be suitable for satisfactory working under the ambient conditions.

173 | P a g e

SP 26 SIGN BOARDS

The Contractor shall provide at his own cost, two Site sign Boards, at directed location of overall

size 2 metres wide and 4metres height and of approved design. The names of the Project,

Employer, Consultants, Engineer, and Contractor etc. shall be exhibited as directed.

SP 27 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

SP 27.1 General

The drawings and documents prepared for the project shall be treated as confidential documents

and must not be copied or loaned to any other party without the express permission of the Project

Management Consultant (PMC).

SP 27.2 Bid Drawings

The Bid drawings furnished by the Consultant are for Bid Purpose only and are intended as a

guide to the Contractor and give general layout of buildings and structures and general positions of

utilities and services only and in measuring from these drawings and preparing Bid quotes the

contractor must make due and proper allowance for all necessary diversions from the straight line,

rises or falls as may be required for the proper execution of the works. Detail drawings in all cases

shall be worked to in preference to those of a more general nature and figured dimensions where

indicated shall be followed in preference to scaled dimensions. Should any item of equipment,

materials or labour which would reasonably and obviously be inferred as necessary for the

complete, safe and satisfactory usage of the Works or part thereof, not be expressly specified, the

contractor shall provide and execute such work as a part of the contract at no extra cost to the

Employer.

SP 27.3 Contract Drawings

Engineer shall issue from time to time free of charge two sets of Contract Drawings, Approved for

Construction, to the Contractor and one copy thereof to the Employer. Additional copies as and

when required shall be supplied by the Engineer and costs shall be reimbursed by the Contractor.

In case the issue of drawings does not conform to the programme as planned and approved, the

contractor shall immediately submit a revised programme so that; by deployment of adequate

resources, the Work is completed within the stipulated time period. The Project Management

Consultant may from time to time during the course of contract issue the Contractor with revised

contract drawings and the Contractor shall ensure that all superseded drawings are removed from

site and stored in a lockable cabinet as directed by the Engineer and replaced by revised contract

drawings. The Contractor shall ensure that a complete up to date Register of Drawing is

maintained at Site. All Contract Drawings shall be properly filed and indexed for ready reference.

The Contractor shall ensure that only the valid up to date contract drawings are used for

preparation of working drawings, setting out, construction etc.

174 | P a g e

SP 27.4 Working Drawings

Working drawings shall mean any or all drawings, required for satisfactory execution of the work,

in addition to the contract drawings and shall be prepared and got approved by the Project

Management Consultant. Working drawings shall include Shop and Fabrication Drawings for

Wood work, Metalwork, False work, Bar Bending Schedules etc. as required by the Engineer. The

Contractor shall be entirely responsible for co-ordination of entire work at site including the work

carried out by Sub-Contractors and shall ensure that requisition for all necessary working drawings

issued to contractor are made in advance to PMC so as not to cause any delay in the expeditious

execution of the works as per the programme. Working drawings to be prepared by the PMC shall

be such that all details are included as required by the Engineer in charge at an appropriate scale

to ensure that the Works are properly executed, co-ordinate, fabricated and installed in accordance

with contract drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall make a general check of all

physical sizes and details of plant and equipment required and/or specified for the project and shall

inform the Engineer of any matter that may come to his notice with which he disagrees. Any

comments by the Contractor on the difficulty in incorporating the plant, materials and equipment

in the project and the time required for the completion of the work shall be made to the Engineer in

charge .

SP 27.5 Discrepancies

The Contractor shall bring to the notice of the PMC any discrepancies within or between contract

drawings and/or the other contract documents prior to preparation of working drawings and

commencement of work and shall not proceed with work until the Engineer gives clarifications

and instructions to proceed.

SP 27.6 As-Built Drawings

“As Built Drawings” shall be provided by PMC at the time of handing over and shall be prepared

by the PMC at his own cost. As-built drawings shall be under preparation from the onset of the

contract, in order that all minor amendments and discrepancies from the “Working Drawings” are

incorporated. To ensure that this requirement is complied with, the PMC shall inspect the drawings

on his request as the Works proceed. 4 sets of “As-Built” drawings shall be submitted by the PMC.

One shall be transparency and others shall be prints. At the discretion of the PMC and subject only

to his express agreement certain working drawings may be modified and submitted to the PMC as

the “As Built” drawings.

SP 27.7 Maintenance Manual

The Contractor shall also provide the Engineer with two copies in adorable plastic case of the

operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals. The arrangement of these manuals shall be as

follows:

175 | P a g e

SECTION A : Index

SECTION B : Full set of Indexed Photographs showing all salient features of the Project.

SECTION C : Description and details of materials, items and fittings and fixtures used for the

project along with Catalogues & Addresses of the Suppliers.

SECTION D : Planned maintenance instruction and dates for order replacements.

SECTION E : List of recommended Spare parts of consumables.

SECTION F : List of “As-Built” Drawings Until the Record Drawings, prints, transparencies

and manuals referred to above have been received and approved by the Engineer, the Contract

shall not be considered as complete and payment of monies will be withheld until such drawings,

etc. have been submitted to and approved by the Engineer and the cost of providing such records

including proper submission thereof is deemed to be included in the Contract Sum quoted by the

Contractor.

SP 28 NOTICES (Ref. Clause 68)

The required Notices shall be at the following nominated addresses:

EMPLOYERS ADDRESS:

M/s. Assam State Transport Corporation(ASTC)

Paribahan Bhawan,

Paltan Bazar, Ghy-08

Ph-______________, Fax- _______________.

E-Mail :_____________________

SP 29 INCREASEOR DECREASEOF COSTS (Ref. Clause 70 (1))

The Contract shall be firm price contract and the rates and prices quoted shall remain firm

throughout the tenure of contract.

SP 30 TAXATION

The Contractor shall be responsible to pay all taxes relating to execution and delivery of the Works

as also personal and Company taxes of his Staff and his Organisation wherever applicable.

SP 31 REPORTS BYCONTRACTOR

1) The Contractor shall maintain daily weather record. Daily maximum and minimum temperature

and corresponding, humidity shall be recorded and charted. Rainy days shall be recorded when the

rain lasting more than one hour hampers the work. Any other inclemency in weather shall be

recorded. The records shall be regularly shown to the Engineer and his signature obtained.

2) The Contractor shall file daily category-wise labour return. The report shall indicate scheduled

requirement against actual strength.

3) The Contractor shall prepare Weekly Reports of planned and actual progress of work and

subsequent week’s scheduled work. These will also include material procurement status. This

report shall be submitted to Engineer and shall be reviewed in Weekly Co-ordination Meeting.

4) The Contractor shall submit Monthly Report along with monthly bills.

176 | P a g e

5) Further Progress Charts and Schedules shall be prepared by the Contractor as directed by the

Engineer.

SP 32 VALUE OF VARIATIONS (Ref. Clause 52)

The rates of extra or additional items of work shall be derived from the rates of items of similar

nature in the contract, and in the absence of any such items of similar nature in the contract, the

rates for such extra or additional items of work shall be derived by rate analysis of such items

based on the actual cost of materials and/or labour for items plus the following percentage to cover

the cost of plant and machinery, supervision, overheads and profits etc.

a. Items requiring supply of materials, } Cost of labour and machinery plus materials plus 10%

b. Items requiring supply of materials} Cost of material only} plus 15%

c. Items requiring labour & supervision} Cost of labour only} plus 10%

For such extra items as stated above, the Contractor shall obtain necessary prior approval from the

Engineer / Consultants prior to the commencement of such work in writing the Engineer’s

/Consultants decision in matters of such extra items shall be final and binding on the contractor.

SP 33 MISCELLANEOUS

1) The Contractor shall arrange at his own cost to maintain a progress record of the works by

taking postcard size colour photographs minimum 6 Nos. Or more per month or fortnight as

directed by the Engineer during the construction stages and after completion and shall supply

one set to the Employer and one set to the Consultants at no extra cost. These photographs

shall also be submitted as part of the contractors R.A Bills. The same shall be furnished as per

requirement of Chapter 10 of Monthly Progress report in I.e.; Progress Charts – Photographs

Monthly Progress Report

2) The Contractor will be required to submit periodic reports on the progress of his work as per the

format attached herewith as Part –IV – Monthly Progress Report

Safety Regulations

3) The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety of his Employees / Contract Labours /

Sub-Contractors Labours. The Contractor shall provide first-aid box readily available at site. The

Contractor shall provide all safety measures during supervision/inspection of his work by

Engineer.

Labour Laws

4) The Contractor shall strictly adhere to all labour laws prevailing in that region. The contractor

shall make timely payment of wages of their labours and the wages paid to the labours shall be

equal to or more than the per minimum wage prevailing at the time of payment. The Contractor

shall comply with all applicable labour legislation.

Clarification /Discrepancy

5) Any clarification/discrepancy in the Bid shall be sorted out with the Engineer, before execution

of Works. The Engineer’s decision in this regard shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

177 | P a g e

Income Tax Deduction at Source

6) As per the statutory rules, Income Tax shall be deducted at source by the Employer from

Contractors bills and the certificate to that will be given by the Employer. If there is a statutory

requirement for deduction of Works Contract Tax or any other tax at source, then such requirement

shall be followed and the tax deducted at source (TDS)will be deposited with the authority and

certificate to this will be issued to contractor in an approved format.

Cement Storage

7) Contractor shall make covered and water tight storage shed of adequate storage capacity for the

necessary quantity of the cement that would be required for the project and needed to be stored

from time to time to facilitate the work.

Loan of Labour

8) The Employer may, if required, request the assistance of Contractor’s labour for purposes other

than those forming part of this contract. The Contractor will not unreasonably deny such assistance

and the Engineers decision in this regard shall be binding on the Contractor. The Contractor will

then be paid on the basis of rates quoted by him in the Day Work Schedule included in the Bill of

Quantities and all provisions made in Sub Clause (3) of Clause58 of the General Conditions shall

be applicable in this case as well.

Power of Attorney

9) The person signing the Bid/contract shall have Power of Attorney to sign on behalf of the

Company.

By-Laws of Statutory Authorities

10) The Contractor and his labour shall not violate municipal/sanitation/health or another bye-law.

Bank Guarantee

11) Wherever a Bank Guarantee is required to be submitted by the Contractor, it shall be as per

draft enclosed/ available with the Employer to his satisfaction.

Safety Rules

12) The Contractor shall take all safety precautions / measures and ensure safety for the works, he

has been contracted to execute. He shall follow all relevant safety codes of CPWD and IS codes

and safety manuals. The Contractor shall indemnify to the Employer from any consequences

arising due to Contractor’s failure in respect of safety measures.

SP 34 VARIATIONS INQUANTITIES

Quantities in the Schedule of Quantities for various items are approximate. Assam State Transport

Corporation(ASTC)do not accept any responsibility for the correctness or completeness of the

schedule in respect of items and quantities and is liable to alteration by omission, deductions, and

substitution or additional at the discretion of Assam State Transport Corporation(ASTC) without

affecting the terms of contract. The Contractor will not be eligible for any claim in any case of

178 | P a g e

variation in the quantities provided by the contractor in the technical bid performa ( List of

material) approved by ASTC/PMC.

SP 35 VARATIONEXCEEDING

If during the execution of whole of works, it is found that the ultimate value of works as being

executed will vary from the contract sum by more than ± 10% of the contract sum, the Employer

may consider to re-negotiate only the sum by which such limit of ± 10% is exceeded, subject to

such limit not being exceeded due to termination of contract, in which case the matter shall be

dealt in accordance with Clause No.63, 65 and 69 with the prior approval of the Employer, shall

settle this claim with the Contractor. Failing an agreement with the Contractor, will determine the

percentage increase in rates and consider the same in his certification of payments.

SP 36 Arrangements for fire fighting

The Contractor shall provide arrangements for firefighting at his own cost. For this purpose, he

shall provide requisite number of fire extinguishers and adequate number of buckets, some of

which are to be always kept filled with sand and some with water. This equipment shall be

provided at suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be properly maintained.

These fire prevention inspections shall include but not limited to the following :

a) Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible materials, liquids and wastes.

b) Work operations which can create fire hazards.

c) Access for firefighting equipment.

d) Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or other firefighting equipment.

e) Inspection and maintenance records for extinguishers.

f) Type, number and location of containers for the removal of surplus materials and rubbish.

g) General housekeeping.

SP 37 Medical Facilities& Safety Devices

The contractor should arrange his own medical facilities at project site and should depute a trained

first aid supervisor at site for immediate medical assistance. The first aid box should contain all

necessary medicines / appliances. Contractor must also arrange for stretcher and provision for

ambulance for unexpected emergency. The contractor should arrange for all safety devices

including but not limited to the following: Safety Helmet (Ratchet type with plastic cage) and steel

toe safety shoe shall be mandatory. Full body safety harness (1.8Mtrdouble lanyards & scaffold

hook ) and fall arrestor with carabineer along vertical and horizontal lifeline shall be mandatory.

SP 38 Indemnifications

The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the employer and furnish the indemnity

Bond signed by the contractor as per the format provided by the employer along with the terms

and conditions.

179 | P a g e

QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

The information to be filled in by the Bidder in the following pages will be used for

purposes of post qualification.

1. For Individual Bidders …………………………………………………………………………..

1.a)Constitution or legal status of Bidder :……………………………………………………………………………………………….

[Attach Copy]

1.b) Place of Registration :………………………………………………………………………………………………..

1.c) Principal Place of Business :………………………………………………………………………………………………..

1.d) Power of Attorney of Signatory of Bid:………………………………………………………………………………………………..

[Attach] …………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Total value of Civil Engineering construction

work performed in the last Five years 2017 – 2018 Rs.…………………………….. (InRs.Million)

2016 – 2017 Rs.……………………………..

(Attach Certificate from 2015 – 2016Rs.……………………………..

Chartered Accountant) 2014 – 2015Rs.……………………………..

2013 – 2014Rs.……………………………..

3. Work performed as prime contractor of a similar nature over the last five years.

Name of

the

Employer

Descriptio

n of Work

Contract

No.

Value of

Contract

(Rs.

Crore)

Date of

Issue

of work

order

Stipula

ted

period

of

comple

tion

Actual

Date of

Completion

(Attach

Certificate

from

Engineer-

In-Charge)

Remarks

explainin

g

reasons

for delay

& work

complete

d

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

180 | P a g e

4. Quantities of work executed as prime contractor, in the last five years.

Year Name of the Work

Name of the Employer

Quantity of Work performed

(Cu m) Remarks

Steel

Reinforcement

Remarks

(indicate contract

Ref)(Attach Certificate from

Engineer-In-Charge)

Cement

Concrete

(including RCC &

PCC)

Brick Work

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2017-18

2016-17

2015-16

2014-15

2013-14

5. Existing Commitments and on-going works:

Description

Works

Place

&

State

Contract

No.

Name &

Address of

Employer

Value of

Contract

(Rs.)

Stipulate

d Period

of

Completi

on

Value of

works

remaining to

be completed

(Rs.)

Anticipated

date of

completion

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

181 | P a g e

6. Works for which bids are already submitted:

Description

Works

Place &

State

Name &

Address of

Employer

Estimated

Value of

Works (Rs.

Crore)

Stipulated

Period of

Completion

Date when

decision is

expected

Remarks

if any

1

2 3 4 5 6 7

7. Availability of key items of Contractor’s Equipment essential for carrying out the Works. The Bidder

should list all the information requested below.

Item of Equipment Requirement Availability Proposals

Remarks

(from whom

to be

purchased)

No. Capacity Owned/Leased

to be Procured

Nos.

/Capacity Age/Con

dition

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Water Tanker / Water

tank

Concrete Vibrator

Welding Machine

Cube Test Machine

(Complete kit)

Sieve Analysis

(Complete kit)

Concrete Hammer

Concrete Mixer

Machine

Excavator Cum

Roller, Truck

&Dumper

Lader

Others

182 | P a g e

8. Qualifications and experience of key personnel required for administration and execution of the

Contract

Position Name Qualification

Year of

Experience

Years of

Experience in the

Proposed position

1 2 3 4 5

Site Engineer cum

Project Manager

Quality Control

Engineer.

Electrical Engineer

Other Staff

9.Proposed sub-contracts and firms involved.

Sanctions of the Works Value of Sub-Contract Sub-Contractor

(Name & Address)

Experience in Similar

Work

1 2 3 4

183 | P a g e

10.Financial reports for the last five years: balance sheets, profit and loss statements, auditor’s reports

(in case of companies/corporation), etc. List them below and attach copies.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………

11. Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements: cash in hand,

lines of credit, etc. List them below and attach copies of support documents.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

12. Name, address, and telephone, telex, and fax numbers of the bidder’s bankers who may provide

references if contacted by the Managing Director, ASTC., , Paltanbazar, Guwahati–8.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………

13. Information on litigation history in which the Bidder is involved.

Order Party Employer Cause of

Dispute

Amount

Involved

Remark showing

present status

1 2 3 4 5

Table-11

14. Proposed work method and schedule .The bidder should attach descriptions, drawings and

charts as necessary to comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents.

15. Work Programme……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

16. QualityAssurance Programme………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

17. Undertaking (Bid validity)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

18. Authority …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

19. Other if any …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

184 | P a g e

BID SECURITY (BANK GUARANTEE)

WHEREAS, ------------------------------------- [Name of Bidder] (Herein after “the Bidder”) has

submitted his bid dated ----------------------------------------------------- [date] for the construction of

-------------------------------------------------- [Name of Contract] (Hereinafter called “The Bid”)

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that WE ------------------------------------------------- [name

of bank] of --------------------------------- (name of the country) having our registered office at ------

------------------------------------- (hereinafter called “the bank”) are bound unto ------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- { name of employer} (hereinafter called “the

Employer”) in the sum of --------------------------------------------- for which payment well and truly

to be made to the said Employer the bank binds itself, his successors and assigns by these

presents.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ---------- day of ------------

THE CONDITIONS of these obligations are:-

(1) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his Bid during the period of bid validity

specified in the Form of Bid;

Or

(2) If the Bidder having been notified of the acceptance of his Bid by the Employer during the

period of Bid validity:

(a) Fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions

to Bidders, if required; or

(b) Fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the

instructions to Bidders, or

(c) Does not accept the correction of the Bid price ;

We undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written

demand, without the employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the

Employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Employer will note

185 | P a g e

that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the three

conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions.

This Guarantee will remain in force upto and including the date --------------------------- days after

the deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it

may be extended by the Employer, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived.

Any demand in respect of this Guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.

DATE--------------------------------------------SIGNATURE OF THE BANK----------------------------

------------------------

WITNESS---------------------------------------SEAL----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------

(Signature, name and address)

1. The Bidder should insert the amount of the Guarantee in words and figures denominated

in Indian Rupees.

2. 28 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid. Date should be inserted by the

Employer before the Bidding documents are issued.

186 | P a g e

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE

To: --------------------------------------------------------------------- [name of Employer]

---------------------------------------------------------------------- [Address of Employer]

WHEREAS------------------------------------------------------------------ [name and address of Contractor]

(hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, in pursuance of contract ----------------------No---------

------------Dated------------------------------ to execute-------------------------------------------------------- [Name

of Contract and brief description of works] (Hereinafter called “the contract’)

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you

with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with

his obligations in accordance with the contract.

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the contractor such a Bank Guarantee;

NOW THEREFORE, we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you, on behalf of

the Contractor, up to a total of --------------------------------------------------- [amount of Guarantee] ----------

--------------------------------------------------- [In words], such sum being payable in the types and proportions

of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written

demand, and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of -----------------------------------

--------------- [ amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or

reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Contractor before presenting us

with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of the

Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between you

and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive

notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall be valid until 28 days from the date of expiry of the Defects Liability Period.

Signature and seal of the guarantor ----------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Bank ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Address --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage of the Contract Price

specified in the Contract and Denominated in Indian Rupess.

187 | P a g e

GENERAL SPECIFICATION

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

It is not the intention to specify completely herein all aspects of design and constructional

features of equipment’s and details of the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and

work shall confirm in all respects to high standards of Engineering, Design and workmanship

and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable

to the owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have

right to reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the

requirements of this specifications and / or applicable code and standards mentioned elsewhere

in this specifications.

MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

1. All Materials brought on site of works and meant to be used in the same shall be the best of

their respective kinds and as per approval list enclosed or specific approval from EIC.

2. Samples of all materials shall be got approved by the EIC and shall be deposited with him

before the order for the material is placed with the suppliers. The material brought on the

works shall confirm in every respective with approved samples.

3. The contractors shall check each fresh consignment of materials as it is brought on the site of

the works, to see that they confirm in all respects to the satisfactions and/or samples approved

by the Owner.

4. The Owner will have the option to have any of, the materials tested to find whether they are

accordance with the satisfaction and the contractor will bear all expenses in that connection.

All bills, vouchers and test certificates which, in the opinion of the EIC or the representative,

as necessary to convince him as to the quality of the materials of their suitability shall be

produced for his inspection on requisition Testing charges, if any shall have to be borne by the

contractor.

5. Any material that have not been found to confirm to the specification will be rejected

forthwith and shall be removed from the site by the contractors within 48 hours at their own

cost.

188 | P a g e

6. The ATDC shall have power to cause the contractors to purchase and use

such materials, from any particular source, as may in his opinion benecessary for the

proper execution of the work.

7. Workmanship: All works shall be to level plumb and square comers, edgesand arises in all

cases shall be unbroken and finished neat.

8. Skilled mistries for therespective trades shall employed by the contractorsto check to the

work in progress and to instruct and extract the right kind of workmanship from the men

employed on the works Instructions given to such mistries by the EIC or his representative

shall be carried out with a view to get the work executed in a neat and workman like manner

according to these specification.

9. The EIC may order the inspection any finished work as he chooses and in a manner he

decides, and the contractors shall bear all expenses in the connection. If the results of such

inspection prove that the workmanship is not of the standard required, the work will be

rejected and removed forthwith and he replaced by works of the accepted standard of quality.

HARDWARE & METALS:

1. Tables side units back units consoles or other articles as per schedule of quantities shall be

deemed to be inclusive of all the hardware required e.g. locks, sliding channels handles /

knobs, bolts screws PVC buffers for the legs of sofas chairs tables etc. as per instructions

of engineer in charge.

2. Screws are to match the finish of the articles to be fixed and to be round or flat headed or

counter sunk as required.

3. The contractor should cover up and protect the brass and bronze surfaces with a thick

grease or other suitable protective materials renew as necessary and subsequently clean off

and clear away join completion.

4. Aluminum and stainless steel shall be of approved manufacturer and suitable for its

particular application. Generally, surface of aluminum shall have an iodized finish or

powder coated finish and both shall comply with the samples approved by the EIC All

stainless steel sheets shall be 304 s.s. Japan or equivalent with gauge as specified but not

thinner than 16 gauge. All exposed steel surfaces shall also have powder coated finish and

shall completed with samples approved by ATDC.

5. All steel, brass, bronze, aluminum and stainless steel articles shall be subjected to a

reasonable test for strength if so required by the ATDC at the contractor ’s expense.

6. All branching and welding are to be executed in a clean and smooth manner rubbed down

189 | P a g e

and left in the flattest and tidiest way, particularly where exposed.

7. Chromium plating shall be in accordance with IS standard or as per approved specification

for normal outdoor conditions and shall be on a base material of copper brass or as

specified.

GLAZING:

1. All glass is to be of approved manufacturer of approved quality and shall be free from

bubbles, smokes, waves, air holes and other defects. The kind of glass to be used shall be

as mentioned in the item or specification or in the special provisions or as shown in

detailed drawings. Thickness of glass panel shall be uniform. All glass to be approved

manufacture complying with IS : 3548 - 196 or as per approved quality and sample.

2. The compound for glazing to metal is to be special non- hardening compound manufacture

for the purpose and of 9 brand and quality approved the EIC.

3. While cutting glass, proper allowance by made for expansion. Each square of glazing to

be in one whole sheet. On completion of work, all glass shall be cleaned inside and

outside and all cracked scratched and broken panes shall be replaced and left in a good

condition.

4. All exposed edges of glass shall be lead polished.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

GENERAL

This specification is for work to be done, item to the supplied and materials to be used in the works as

shown and defined the drawings and described herein, all under the supervision and to the satisfaction

of the Owner.

1. The workmanship is to be the best available and of a high standard. Use must be made of

special tradesmen in all aspect of the work and allowance must be made in the rates for doing

so.

2. The materials and items to be provided by the contractor shall be approved by the EIC in

according with any samples which will be submitted for approval by the contractor and

generally in accordance with the specifications. Also if products are specified in the

specification and/or bill of brand trade name or catalogue reference the contractor will be

required to obtain the approval of the Architects before using the materials. The contractor

shall produce all invoice, vouchers or receipts for any materials if called upon to do so by the

EIC.

190 | P a g e

3. Samples of all materials are to be submitted to the EIC for approval before the contractor

orders or deliver the materials at site. Samples together with their packing are to be provided

free of charge by the contractor and should an materials be rejected they will be removed from

the site at the contractors expenses. All samples will be retained by the EIC for comparison

with the materials which will be supplied. The contractors submit specimen finish of colors,

fabrics, etc. for the approval of the Architect before proceeding with the work.

4. The contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining any boxing or other

temporary coverage required it the protection of dresses or finished work if left unprotected.

He is also to clean out all shelving cut ends and other waste from all parts of the works before

coverings or infillings are constructed.

5. Templates, boxes and moulds shall be accurately set out rigidly constructed so as to remain

accurate during the tin they are in use.

6. Only the class workmanship will be accepted contractor shall maintain uniform quality and

consistency in workmanship throughout.

JOINERY

1. Joinery is to be taken up immediately after the placing of the contract frame-up, bonded and

wedged up. Any portions that are warped or found with other defects are to be replaced before

wedging up. The whole of the work is to framed and finished in a proper workman like

manner in accordance with the detailed drawings, wrought and whenever required, fitted with

all necessary metal ties, straps, bolts, screws glue etc. Jointers work, generally to be finished

with fine sand glass paper.

JOINTS:

1. All joints will be standard mortise and tenon, dowel, dovetail, and cross halved. Nailed or

glued butt join will not be permitted. Screws nails etc. will be standard iron or oxidized and of

nettle fold make joint less state otherwise. Where mortise and tenon joints are used, tenons

should fit the mortises exactly. In respect of points in the hollock timber frame wash in sofas

the joints should confirm to the best practice in the trade.

2. Nailed or glued butt joints will not be permitted, except in exceptional cases with approval of

EIC.

3. Where screws shown on a finished surface, these will be sunk and the hole plugged with a

wood plug of the san wood and grain of the finished surfaces unless detailed otherwise. Nails

on finished surfaces will be nearly punches and the hole filled with wood filler to match the

color.

191 | P a g e

4. Should joints in joiner’s work open, or other defects arise within the period stated for defect

liability in the contract and the clause thereof, such defective joinery shall be taken down and

refilled, redecorated and/or replaced necessary and any work disturbed shall be made good at

the contractor’s expense.

5. Nails, spikes and bolts shall be of lengths and weights approved by the EIC Nails shall

complete with IS 1959-1960 or equivalent approved quality sample. Brass hedge nails are to

comply with B.S. 1210. Wire staple shall comply with B.S. 1494 or equivalent.

6. The contract surface of dowel, wedges etc. shall be glued with an approved adhesive.

7. Where glued Joinery and carpentry work is likely to come into contract with moisture, the

glue shall be waterproof.

8. All dovetail joints shall be further strengthened with M.S. Cleats for cabinet furniture like

tables, storage units etc.

9. Where boards/plywood has to be fixed on another boards/plywood the two surfaces shall be

fixed together by applying special carpenter’s adhesive and headless nails.

PAINT AND POLISHES:

1. All materials required for the works shall be of specified and approved manufacturer,

delivered to the site in the manufacturer’s containers with the seals, etc., unbroken and clearly

marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade mark with a description of the contents and

colour. All materials are to be stored on the site of the work.

2. Spray painting with the approved machines will be permitted only if written approval has been

obtained from the Architect/Employer. The paint used for sparing is to be specially prepared

by the manufacturer for spray Thinning of paint made for brushing will not be allowed.

3. Wood preservative shall be Ascu Green Saver or any other equal and approved impregnating

wood preservative at all concealed wood work shall be treated with wood preservative.

4. All brushes, tools pots, kettles, etc. used in carrying out the work shall be clean and free from

foreign matter and at to be thoroughly cleaned out before being used with a different type of

class of material.

5. All iron or steel surfaces shall be thoroughly scraped and rubbed with wire brushes and shall

be entity free from rusting mill scale etc. before applying the priming coat.

6. Surfaces of new wood work which are to be painted are to be rubbed down and cleaned to the

approval of the Owner.

7. All exposed teakwood surfaces and Veneer surfaces and surfaces which are not treated

192 | P a g e

otherwise shall be finish with stained polish to the required shade and melamine/ PU finish.

8. All exposed cedar wood surfaces and clear ply surfaces shall be finished with ready mixed

wax polish to give nature shade.

9. The Bided rates shall include cost of seasoning and providing wood preservative and as given

in the specification

POLISH:-

Pure shellac varying from pale orange to lemon yellow color free from resin or dirt shall be

dissolved methylated spirit at the rate of 140 gm of shellac to 1 litre of spirit. Suitable pigment

shall be added to get the required shade.

1. The surface shall be cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed from smooth with the

sand paper and well sets if variable shall be covered with a preparation of red lead and

the size land on white hot Hoes an mgehtations on the surface small be stopped with

plazsr’s putty. The surface shall then be given a coat of won filler by mixing whiting

(ground chalk) in methylated spirit at the rate of 1.50kg of whiting per litre of spirit.

The required staining agent shall be added to get the required sand. The surface shall

again be rubbed down perfect smooth with glass paper and wiped clean.

2. The polishing rubber, the most important implement in French polish shall consist of a

pad of cotton wool., which acts as a reservoir for the polish and a soft white linen or

cotton fabric similar to a well worn handkerchief, which acts as a filter. The rubber

must never be dipped in to the polish. It should be charged by pouring the polish on

the pad with the cover remove.

3. The surface shall be worked upon evenly a slow figure of eight motion until the

surface is coated with a thin layer of polish. The object shall be to apply a series to

thin coats, allowing only a few minutes for drying between the coats, when a level and

even bodied surface is obtained the work is considered ready for the second stage is

spiriting off. Allowing the work to stand for at least eight hours, a fresh rubber with a

double thickness of cover material shall be rubber with a double thickness or cover

shall be taken and charged with methylated spirit. The surface shall be sprite off to

remove the rubber marks and to give the brilliance of finish. The rubber shall be

worked in the direction grain an continued till the surface is free from smears and

rubber marks and left to harden off.

PU FINISH:

The wooden articles to be polished as per the manufactures specification and workmanship to

193 | P a g e

be of 1stclass ( ASIAN/ MRF/ NEROLAC/ BURGER / ICI BELCO)

1. Cleaning & rubbing the wood/ Veneer surfaces with water proof Amery paper up to

getting smooth surface.

2. Making of desired colour base from colour stainer & thinner. Apply it on wood/

Veneer with cotton cloth up to getting desired colour shade.

3. Apply PU sealer spray by Spray.

4. After minimum 24 hours apply putty made from special powder, PU sealer and

desired colour stainer.

5. After getting it dray (minimum 24 hours) rub the surfaces with 100 no. waterproof

Amery paper and clean the surface and apply pU sealer coat with cloth.

6. Repeat step 4.

7. Again ally PU cating with spray and after 24 hours rub the surface with 220 no water

proof amery paper.

8. Reapeat step 4.

9. Repeat step 7.

10. Final coating- Apply final PU spray catinfg after getting desires shade & finish.

MALAMINE FINISH:

The wooden articles to be polished as per the manufactures specification and workmanship to

be of 1st class.( ASIAN/MRF/ NEROLAC/ BURGER / ICI BELCO)

1. The melamine finish shall be applied on the French spirit polished surface.

2. Follow the steps as specified for above for PU polish. In this case application material

is Melamine product.

ENAMEL PAINTS :

Oil paints shall be of 1st quality and the specified colour and shade, and as approved. The

ready mixed paints shall only be used. However, if ready mixed paint of specified shade or

tint is not available while ready mixed paint with approved stainer will be allowed. In such a

case,, theContractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shall be uniform.

All the paints shall meet with the following general requirements:

(i) Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened full can and shall

easily be re-disbursed with a paddle to a smooth homogeneous stage. The

194 | P a g e

paint shall show no curdling, livering, caking or colour separation and shall be

free from lumps and skins.

(ii) Paint as received shall brush easily, possess good leveling properties and show

no running or suggesting tendencies.

(iii) The paint shall not skin within 48 hours in a three quarters filled closed

container.

(iv) The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness, grit,

unevenness and other imperfections.

Ready mixed paint shall be used exactly as received from the manufacturers and generally

according to their instructions and without any admixtures what-so-ever.

PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT :

Pigmented priming coat (emulsion thinned with water) followed by three or more finishing

coats of plastic emulsion paint. Pasted filler to be applied after every coat exempting the final

finishing coat and sanded.

TIMBER:

Timber generally is to be best of its kind, well and properly seasoned, of nature growth, free

from worm holes large loose or dead notes or other defects and sawn die square and will not

suffer wrappings, splitting or other defects through improper handling.

The hardwood is to be CP teak weighing not less then 45 Lbs per cubic feet with a moisture

content tax. Shall be covered polished etc. after written permission.

Wood for frame work/ roughwood shall be hollock even though drawings may show Kail.

All dimensions given in the schedule of quantities and drawings are the required finished size.

Timber shall be well seasoned and kiln dried with a moisture content of 12% nominal +2% for

teakwood. The contractor should get the timber tested for moisture content of wood at his own cost as

per the directions of the EIC.

Timber is to be cut to the required sizes and lengths as soon as practicable after the works are begun

and stored under cover so that the air will circulate freely around it. Joinery is to be prepared,

immediately after the placing of the contract, framed up (but not bonded) and stored until required for

fixing in position, when it is to be bonded and wedged up. Any portions that warp or develop shakes

or other defects are to be replaced before wedging up, the whole of the work is to be framed and

finished in a proper and workman like manner, in accordance with the detailed drawings, and fitted

with all necessary motaties straps, belts screws etc. running bonded joints are to be cross tongued with

195 | P a g e

teak on guess and where over 1 - % % thick double cross tongued. Joiner’s work generally is to be

finished with fine class papered surfaces unless otherwise specified.

Templates boxes and moulds shall be accurately set out and rigidly constructed so as to remain

accurate during the time they are in use. Ground are to be clean shown, free form large knots, splayed

as required, plugged and fixed to walls etc. at 1’6’’ centers.

Wood plus are to be cut on the twist, patent wall plugs or plastic filling may be used in lieu of wood

plugs with the approval of the Architect.

All unexposed surfaces of timber e.g. false ceilings, backing fillets backs of doors frames, cupboard

framing, grounds etc. are to be treated with two coats of approved timber preservative like solignim,

kirticite, termiseal orcastoral or vacumn pressure impregnated with and approved water soluble timber

preservative before fixing or bedding.

MDF BOARD/BLOCK BOARD/PLYWOOD/PARTICLE BOARD:

1. MDF boards block boards/plywood/particle board etc. as specified in the approved list of

manufacturers shall only be used..

2. MDF board shall comply with I.S. 12406-1988. Manufacturers specification shall be followed

in the use of MDF boards for the various usages.

3. PLYWOOD :Plywood for general purpose shall confirm ISI 303 - 1975. It shall be of B.W.R.

grade in the specified thickness for the commercial type B.W.R. grade plywood, formed with

0.8 mm. Th. Commercial face veneers and 1.5 mm th. Intermediate veneers in two opposite

grain direction shall be 1:1. The moisture content shall not be more that 12.5% by mass. It

shall be of CENTURY make or other equivalent approved made. Where B.W.P. grade is

specified it should be boiling water proof confirming to I.S. Standards.

4. MELAMINE FACED PARTICAL BOARD -It should be three layered wood based particle

board, such as Novapan melamine faced pre-laminated on both sides. Particle board should be

ISI 3087FPTH (type II, 1965) marked on edges and should also confirm to German Din

Standard viz DIN 66761. it should impart good bending strength, modules of elasticity,

internal bond strength and screw holding strength. Melamine faced surface should has

resistant to crack at 100 and should pass cigarette burn test.

LAMINATES :

All the laminate to be used shall be of 1.5 mm thickness in approved the colour and shade as

approved and specified by the EIC. It shall be matt finish manufactured by approved brand

196 | P a g e

&as per the sample approved. It shall satisfy all the I.S.I. Standards for melamine coated

laminated fiber boards Contractor shall have to take approval of the Department for each sheet

of the laminates.

VENEERS:

The best quality natural wood veneers of the specified wood and of the specified thickness

shall be used. It shall be in matching group and of uniform shade and as per the selection and

approval. The Contractor shall have to obtained the approval of the prior to pressing of

veneers. The contractor shall have to use the brand of veneers as approved by the EIC.

RUBBER:

Natural latex rubber (Geo foam or its equivalent) of specified density and the thickness shall

be used for all the cushions and padding for upholstered furniture. Loose cushions of all

furniture should have solid foam walling to keep up proper shape.

UPHOLSTERY:

This will be of first class standard workmanship with webbing no-sag springs, coiled springs,

padding and filling as specified on drawing. Covering fabrics will be shown tufted and corded

as shown on the drawing and as approved by the employer.

CUSHION VENTS :

Brass or aluminium ‘cushion vents’ should be installed at the back or underside of seat

cushions (especially those covered in leather evenly plastic or very tightly women fabric) to

allow air to escape and to prevent torn seams.

P.O.P. / Gypsum Board :

Specification of material for P.O.P./ Gupsum board work shall be Class-I quality.

Measurements: Length and breadth of the plan area of the finished work shall be measured

correct to a cm. no deductions shall be made for openings provided, nor shall extra material or

labour involved in such openings. Rate to include decorative work with sunk raised levels in

false ceiling. Rate shall include all scaffoldings staging etc.

SHOP DRAWINGS:

The contractor shall submit for approval all joinery details for total furniture. Shop drawings

shall relate to site measurements and shall show in detail the construction of various parts of

the work, the method of jointing, thickness and type of material, the finishes to be applied to

the various exposed surfaces, details of anchoring, joints, welds, fastening and all other

197 | P a g e

relevant information.

Great care must be exercised in cutting the RCC slabs/beams to locate suitable reinforcement for

welding the M.S. flats to be provided for suspension of false ceiling system. The damage to the

R.C.C. member shall be made good with cement mortar 1:2 (1cement:2coarse sand). The projecting

portion of the M.S. flat below the R.C.C. member and any other steel member in the false ceiling

system shall be painted with one coat or red oxide paint.

The Bided rates shall apply for all floors heights. The Bided rates shall include backing of plastered

surface wherever Dado/wall lining with marble/granite stone slabs are envisaged and the back has

been plastered

198 | P a g e

199 | P a g e

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONELECTRICAL WORK

ELECTRICAL WORK GUIDELINES

It is not the intention to specify completely herein all aspects of constructional features of equipment’s and details of

the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and work shall confirm in all respects to high standards of

Engineering, workmanship and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner

acceptable to the owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have right to

reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the requirements of this

specifications and / or applicable code and standards mentioned elsewhere in this specifications.

SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work under this specifications shall include supply, storage, erections, testing and

commissioning of following items for complete electrification including labour, tools, tackles and

plants etc. as required.

A) Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole, street lighting including supply , erection,

testing and commissioning of 100 KV distribution transformer and 100 KVA DG set for

back up lighting etc.

B) Lighting system for the indoor and outdoor areas of the building complete with

switchboards, switches, receptacles, wires, conduits, Earthing and their accessories etc. as

required.

C) SERVICES

a) For Electrical points, telephone, fire alarm system wiring, cabling connections

and their terminations at required points with respective accessories.

b) Laying of conduits, made of PVC/MS with respective accessories.

c) Panel and distribution boards with accessories and their terminations.

d) Raising mains/sub-mains/bus ducts with accessories and their terminations.

e) Earthing system.

f) The scope of work shall also include all minor/ civil works associated with lighting,

power panels, Distribution boards, Cables, cable trays, conduits either on surface or in

walls or ceiling for light points, switch boxes cutting and chasing the walls, ceiling

including refilling, plastering the same.

g) Materials and components not specifically mentioned in the specifications but

necessary for satisfactory installations and operations of the system mentioned therein

shall be deemed to have been included in the scope of work of this specification and NO

extra payment shall be made for the same.

The installation shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Indian Electricity Act 1910

200 | P a g e

as amended up to date. Indian Electricity Rules 1956, thereunder and special requirements, if any

of the state electricity boards etc.

RATE

A) The rate of the wiring points (light, fan, plug, bell) given in the schedule of work shall

be irrespective of the length of the points. Circuit wiring of these points shall not form part

of the rate. The point wiring shall be carried out with 3/0.029 copper conductor PVC

insulated 650/1100 volts grade wire with the circuit wiring shall be 3/0.036 copper

conductor. For power point wiring shall be with 7/0.036 copper conductor PVC insulated

650/1100 volts grade wire including earth conductor of minimum size of

14 SWG bare / copper shall be part of the point wiring.

B) Separate wiring shall be made for each wiring system such as NORMAL,

EMERGENCY, TELEPHONE etc. No extra payment shall be made to the contractor on

this regard.

C ) Point wiring shall consist of circuit wiring from final/sub-distribution board together

with controlling switch, ceiling rose or any other approved termination or socket outlet

with switch.

D ) Wiring shall be done in LOOP IN system and phase or line wire shall be looped at

switch box and neutral conductor shall be looped from point.

DRAWINGS

i) Few drawings showing general layout of building are enclosed and for distribution and

for condition assessment as such can be taken from site itself. These drawings are meant

to give a general Idea to bidder regarding the nature of work.

ii) Prices shall not be subject to variation after award of work due to difference in

drawings and actual construction drawings released from time to time.

iii) Contractor shall prepare and submit to the OWNER for his approval, detailed shop

drawings of all system of wiring, Distribution boards, panels etc. All work shall be carried

out on the approval of these drawings, however approval of these drawings does not

release the contractor of his responsibility with the intent of the specifications.

CONDUIT WIRING & LIGHTING

The conduits shall be of GI / PVC as specified.

All conduits shall be GI except where the same are embedded in RCC or brick, where they

201 | P a g e

can be in PVC.

All G.I. Conduits shall be heavy gauge solid drawn or welded black stove enameled and

shall be of the following gauges :

G.I. Conduit

Upto 32mm dia - 16 SWG (1.6 mm)

Over 32mm dia - 14 SWG (2.0 mm)

All PVC conduits will be heavy gauge range.

Flexible conduits shall be formed from a continuous length of spirally interlocked strip

steel having a fused zine coating on both sides. The conduit shall be terminated in brass

adaptors. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall not exceed 1.0 m

ACCESSORIES :

Conduit fittings such as bends, elbows, reducers and nipples, split couplings, plugs etc.

shall be specifically designed and manufactured for that particular application. All G.I. /

M.S. conduit fittings shall conform to IS 2667 - and IS 3887.

WIRES :

All wires shall be PVC insulated with single core copper or aluminium to

I. S. 694 conductors as specified and shall be 650 / 1100 volt grade. Fire resistant wires

shall be provided where mentioned in the BOQ.

All wires shall be colour coded as follows:

PHASE COLOUR OF WIRE

R Red

Y Yellow

B Blue

N Block

Earth Green

Control Grey

202 | P a g e

INSTALLATION:

The size of conduits shall be selected in accordance with the number of wires permitted

under table given below. The minimum size of the conduit be 19 mm dia. Unless

otherwise indicated or approved Size of wire shall be not less than 1.5. Sq.mm. cooper.

Conduits shall be kept at a minimum of 300 mm from the pipes of other non-electrical services

when run parallel and 100 mm in height when run perpendicular.

Layout of conduits shall be generally as indicated on Agency’s shop drgs. And the layout shall

be supplemented and complemented by Agency on site with the approval of the engineer - in -

charge.

Wiring for short extensions to outlets in hanging ceiling or to vibrating equipments, meters etc.

be installed in flexible conduits. Otherwise rigid conduits shall be used. Length of flexible

conduit in each case shall not exceed 750 mm.

Conduits run on surface shall be supported on metal 6 mm thick saddles which in turn are

properly screwed to the wall or ceiling. Saddles shall be at intervals of not more than 500 mm.

Fixing screw shall be with round or cheese head and or rust proof materials. Exposed conduits

shall be neatly run parallel or at right angels to the walls of the building. Unseemly conduit

bends and offsets shall be avoided by using fabricated mild steel junction / boxes through boxes

Stranded

Copper wires

Solid

Aluminium

wire

Nominal Cross

sec. (Sq.mm)

ZXC

19

mm

25

mm

32

mm

40

mm

50

mm

3/0.737 1/1.4 1.50 3 6 14

3/1.06 1/1.80 2.50 2 4 8

7/0.85 1/2.24 4.00 2 3 6

7/1.06 1/2.80 6.00 3 6

7/1.40 1/3.55 10.00 2 4 6

16.00 6

25.00 4 6

35.00 3 5

203 | P a g e

for better appearance. No cross-over conduits shall be allowed unless it is necessary entire

conduit installation shall be clean and neat in appearance.

Conduits embedded into the walls shall be fixed by means of staples at not more than 500 mm

intervals. Chase in the wall shall be neatly and refilled after laying the conduit and brought to the

finish of the wall.

Conduits buried in concrete structure shall be position and securely fastened to the reinforcement

and got approved by the Engineer - in - charger, prior to the time concrete is poured. Proper care

shall be taken to ensure that the conduits are neither dislocated nor choked at the time of pouring

the concrete. Separate fish wires shall be drawn in all conduits before they are embedded. Where

conduits passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate fittings shall be used to take

care of any relative movement.

Inspection boxes shall be provided for periodical inspection to facilitate drawl removal of wires.

Such inspection boxes shall be flush with the wall or ceiling in the case of concealed conduits.

Inspection boxes shall be spaced at not than 12 meters apart or to 90 degree bends or equal. All

junction and switch boxes shall be covered with 6mm clear Perspex plate or other material

directed by consultant truly cut and fixed using cadmium plated brass screws. These junction

boxes shall from part of point wiring or conduit wiring as the case may be including the cost of

removing the Perspex cover for painting and refixing. No Separate charges shall be allowed

except where specially mentioned.

Conduits shall be free from sharp edges and burrs and the threading free from grease or

oil. Threading system of conduits must be completely installed and rendered electrically

continuous before the conductors are pulled in. Conduits should be terminated in junction

boxes of not less than 32 mm depth.

A bare earth wire of not less than 2.5 sq.mm section copper shall be run with each conduit.

Where more conduits are urn. the earth wires shall be provided shall be provided as

following, interconnection all the conduits on both sides of a threaded joint with copper

earth clamps.

Upto 4 Nos. conduits 2 Nos. earth wires min.Sq.mm., copper


204 | P a g e


Where an insulated earth wire is specified in the schedule of work, the conductor shall be

2.5 sq.mm or specified in BOQ stranded copper PVC insulated pulled along with the

phase conductors. The insulated earth wire shall be pulled in each conduit. The schedule

of work defines where insulated earth wire or bare earth wire is to be used.

LIGHTING AND POWER WIRING:

All final branch circuit for lighting and appliances shall be single conductor cable run

inside conduits. Conduits shall be properly threaded and screwed into bends, junction

boxes.

Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be as shown in schedule of quantities and / or

drawings.

Not more than 4 final branch circuits shall be carried in one conduit. Wires of the same

phase shall be drawn in one conduit except in the case of 2 Ph / 3 Ph circuits. Each

lighting branch circuit shall have not more than ten outlets or 800 watts whichever is

lower.

Flexible cords for connection to appliances fans and pendants shall be 650 / 1100V grade

(three or four core with insulated neutral wire of same size) with tinned stranded copper

wires, insulated, twisted and sheathed with strengthening cord.

Looping system of wiring shall be used. Wires shall not be jointed. No such joints shall be

made unless the length of sub circuit, sub - main is more than the length of the standard

coil. Where joints are unavoidable, these shall be made through approved mechanical

connectors.

Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductor only and shall be "ON” when

knob in down. Switches shall be fixed in 3 mm thick sheet boxes with cover plates as

specified.

Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring. Conduits not less than 25

mm and wires not less than 2.5 sq.mm copper shall be used for power wiring.

Every conductor shall be provided with identification ferrules matching the drawings.

CELLING ROSES:

These shall be of bakelite and of approved make and colour and shall not contain fuse

terminals. These shall be provided with brass ceiling plate and M.T. Brass screws and

washers with cord grip for termination of wires.

205 | P a g e

a. Plate type, moulded design - switches on white Urea Power pressed cover plates.

These shall be of single pole, double pole, two ways, one ways one ways or

otherwise as called for in the Schedule. These shall be manufactured as per

relevant IS Codes and shall amply to Indian Electricity Rules. The minimum rating

shall be 5 A at 250 V AC.

SOCKET OUTLETS WITH PLUGS:

These shall be white Urea Powder pressed sockets in 2 pin and earth design of best

quality, suitable for single phase, 250 volts supply. The earth pin shall be effectively

connected to the nearest earth connections in distribution board / switch board with not

less than 3 mm 2 (No. 14 SWG) copper wire. The socket outlets shall be in Plano type

flush mounting or on plate designs as called for n the schedule:

INTERLOCKED METAL CLAD SWITCH FUSE UNITS:

The Metal Clad switch fuse unit shall be of the heavy duty type, quick make and break

action, of any approved pattern and capable of carrying continuously the current specified.

All the switch fuse units shall have "U” type contacts on fuse carriers and the switch fuse

units of capacities 30 amps and above shall be provided with spring type contacts on the

fuse bases. Unless otherwise specifically brought out in the schedule the metal cases shall

be of cast iron and shall be provided with knock - outs for incoming and outgoing pipes or

cables and earthling terminals. The cover of the switch shall be interlocked with the

switch handle so that the cover cannot be opened unless the switch is "OFF” and the

switch cannot be made on unless the cover is fixed.

MODE OF MEASUREMENT:

Wiring in suites and rooms shall be measured as per BOQ points. Other wiring shall be

measured and paid on the basis of points and definition of points wiring shall be as

mentioned in the schedule of work and shall include all junctions boxes of 16 SWG, MS

box to house switches, sockets, fan regulators with cadmium plated brass screws, to

accommodate plate switches connector earth wire fixing accessories, connection to all

light fixtures, fans etc.Sub mains / circuit wiring from LDB to main switchboard of

individual room / cabin / areas will be paid separately.

206 | P a g e

TESTING :

The entire installation shall be tested for:

a. Insulation resistance.

b. Earth continuity.

Polarity of Single pole switches.

ERECTION OF CONDUITS

a) The conduit shall be properly and tightly screwed between the various lengths and into

the boxes through which it runs and terminals so that the wiring is continuously, and

effectively protected through out its entire length. No part of the conduit shall be under

mechanical stress and the whole conduit system shall be electrically and mechanically

continuous through out.

b) Corners shall be turned by means of easy bends or sets made without altering the

section or opening the same. The radius of every conduit bends shall be such

as to allow compliance with regulation B-32 of I.E.E. regulations for bends. in cable; and

in addition the inner radius of the bend shall not be less 2.5 times the out side diameter of

the conduit.

c) Where conduits are connected by means of a socket, the ends of the conduit shall be

put together in the centre of the socket, and in the case of running joints no exposed shall

be visible after erection.

FIXING OF BOXES

(a) All boxes, except those for external works, shall be securely fixed by means of

counter sunk screws, minimum size 40mm No.8 using approved type rawl plugs.

(b) At least one screw shall be used for fixing standard circular boxes and adaptable boxes

up to 100mm size. A minimum of four fixing screws shall be used for larger boxes.

(c) In all cases, the fixing holes shall be suitable for counter sunk screws, so that the

screws heads do not project into the boxes and all screws driver burrs shall be removed

before cables are drawn in.

(d) For external work and other particularly damp situations, galvanised cast iron,

weatherproof boxes with external fixing lugs shall be used.

(e) In addition to the external fixing, the boxes shall be supported by saddles spaced not

more than 150mm on each side of the box Fixing holes shall not be drilled in the box.

207 | P a g e

EARTHING

(a) Cypriot 14 swg minimum copper bare earth wire or insulated wire as specified is to be

drawn in each conduit for earthing the general light and power outlet up to 230 volts and 2

for 415 volts. Earth conductor size shall be in accordance with I.E. Rules table D-2.

(b) The earth conductor shall be terminated by means of drilling two holes in the conduit

box, the earth wire shall pass through one hole to the outside of the box and shall be

connected by means of a rose Courtney type washer to a 3/8", 2" BA round headed brass

screws which shall be bolted into the second hole. Two washers and two nuts shall be

used with each screw.

(c) A similar arrangement to the above shall be used at the termination to the equipment

or by any other approved manner, meeting with the approval of the Engineer.

INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES, SOCKETS & ACCESSORIES

All the switches shall be wired on phases connections shall be made only after testing the

wires for continuity, cross phase etc. with the help of a switches, sockets, fan, regulator

etc. shall be housed in proper sheet steel enclosure with PVC/Perspex sheet. Regulators

shall be fixed on adjustable MS flat straps inside the enclosure. The arrangement of

switches and sockets shall be neat and systematic covers for enclosures accommodating

switches, sockets, etc.(point control boxes) shall be of 5mm thick. fine finished

PVC/PERSPEX material/hylam are fixed to the enclosure in plumb with counter sunk

head, chromium plated brass screws. outlets shall be terminated into a ceiling rose for fan

points and into autoway wall plug sockets, the conductors may be terminated directly into

the switches and sockets. The outlets, point control boxes etc. shall be set out as shown on

the drawings. Before fixing these, the contractor shall obtain clearance from the

Engineer/Architect with regard to their proper locations. The enclosures of sockets/and

3rd pin of the sockets shall be connected to the ground through a proper size earth

continuity wires as laid out in standard specifications no. MV-150.

POSITION OF POINTS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & SWITCHBOARDS

a) The recommended position of the light point, control switches, distribution boards as

approved on the drawings shall be adhered to as far as practicable. In case of location

changes due to Architectural requirements, no extra payments will be made on this

account.

208 | P a g e

b) Before commencement of work, the exact final position of all points, switch boxes

and the distribution boards shall be ascertained by the Bidder from the EIC.

SAMPLES

The contractor shall submit 2 sets of samples of accessories and apparatus, he proposes to

use in the installations, at site for approval a required. This specification shall not be

departed from without any written instructions from the Owner.

MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

Where manufacturers have furnished specific instructions relating to the material/

equipment to be used in this job, covering points, not specifically mentioned in these

documents, manufacturer's instructions shall be followed.

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS

All the materials and equipments shall be of approved make and design, Unless otherwise

called for, only the best quality materials and equipment shall be used.

PRICES

Prices shall remain firm and free from variations due to rise in the cost of materials/labour

during the stipulated period of execution and during extended period of Completion of

project.

209 | P a g e

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FORSANITARY

SECTION

It is not the intention to specify completely herein all aspects of design and constructional features

of equipment’s and details of the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and work

shall confirm in all respects to high standards of Engineering, Design and workmanship and shall

be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to the

owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have right to

reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the

requirements of this specifications and / or applicable code and standards mentioned elsewhere in

this specifications.

MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

1. The rater for laying and fixing of the pipelines, valves and other specials etc. of concealed type

should include additional cuttings, threading of pipes etc. & chiseling, making holes the wall,

floor, RCC wherever required and making the good the same. If required and no claim on this

account will be entertained.

2. If any road is required to be cut for laying water supply or drainage line that will be done by the

contractor at no extra cost and road should be restored to its original conditions after laying and

testing of pipelines, all at no extra cost.

3. G. I. pipe fittings (Heavy) shall be either major brand with ISI mark as approved by engineer - in-

charge.

4. The G. I. pipe wherever required to be used shall be of "C” class (Heavy) quality. The pipes shall

be either TATA, ZENITH, JINDAL make approved by Engineer-in-charge.

5. CI soil waste and vent pipes with ISI marks of established brand shall be used for work Pipes

should confirm to IS 3980.

210 | P a g e

6. The W. C. seat, wash hand basin, Urinal etc. shall be as per approved CT no. and shall be of Cera,

Hindustan sanitary, Parryware make and first quality and with ISI mark if available.

7. The contractor has to dump the excavated/ debries etc stuff out side the premises or as directed by

Engineer-in-charge.

8. The PVC flushing cistem of 10 litre capacity shall preferably of champion or established brand

with ISI mark as approved by Engineer-in-charge.

9. The hold fasts for doors and windows shall be provided as per IS 7196-1974.

10. Nahani trap should be of standard brand confirming to ISI with proper water seal and same shall

be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

11. Gun metal wheel valve shall be of approved brand and weight as per relevant

IS with ISI mark and as per IS 770/1584.

12. Gully trap shall be confirming to IS 651 and shall have to be got approved by the Engineer-in-

charge.

13. The fittings viz sluice valves etc. should be cleaned and to be painted with two coats of anti-

corrosive paint etc. to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer- in-charge before installing the same

in position at no extra cost.

14. All the sluice valves required for the work shall with stand a pressure of 20 kg / cm and shall be

strictly in accordance with the IS specifications and must have the ISI certificate stamp mark on

the body of the sluice valve. The valves without ISI mark/stamp make will not be acceptable.

15. The contractor shall have to make necessary and adequate pumping arrangements mechanically

for dewatering the subsoil water at all stages of construction at no extra cost.

LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS REFERRED TO

1. I.S. No. 1200 - Latest measurement of building and civil engineering work.

2. I.S. No. 287 - 1973.

Recommendation for maximum permissible moisture content of Tiber used for different

211 | P a g e

purposes in different climatic zones.

3. I. S. No. 1141 - 1973 code of practice for seasoning of timber.

4. I. S. No. 6534 - 1971 guiding principles for grading and inspection of

timber.

5. I. S. No. 1200 (Part XXI) 1973

Method of measurement of building and civil engineering works. Part XXI wood work and

joinery.

6. I.S. No. 3845 - 1966. code of practice for joints used in woodenfurniture.

7. I. S. No. 4000 - 1967. Wooden flush doors. Type to method of testfor.

8. I. S. No. 4970 - 1973. Key for identification of commercial timbers.

9. I. S. No. 3364 (Part II) - 1975, Method of measurement andevaluation of defects in timber,

part II converted timber.

10. I. S. No. 1708 - 1969. Method of testing small clear specimens oftimber.

11. I. S. No. 6342 - 1971. Rose wood logs for production of slicedveneers.

12. I. S. No. 5248 - 1969. Teak logs for production of sliced veneers.

13. I. S. No. 2202 (Part I) 1973. Specification for wooden flush doorshutters (solid core type part I

plywood)

14. I. S. No. 2338 (Part I) - 1967. Code of practice for finishing of woodand wood based materials

part I operations and workmanship.

15. I. S. No. 7630 - 1975. Methods of sampling of plywood. 16. I. S. No. 303 - 1975. Specification for plywood for general purposes.

17 I. S.No. 3129 - 1965. Specification for article board for insulationpurposes.

18. I. S. No. 3513 - 1966. (part I. S. No. & part IV). High and medium density wood based

laminates part I. S. No. general purposes. Part IV sampling test.

19. I. S. No. 1659 - 1979 block boards.

20. I. S. No. 7316 -1974.Decorative plywood using plurality ov

veneersfor decorative faces.

21. I. S. No. 3478 - 1966. High density wood particle boards.

22. I. S. No. 1734 (part I to XX). Plywood method of test for

Part I .General

Part II .Plywood

Part III .Battens

23. I. S. No. 1328 - 1970. Veneer decorative plywood.

24. I. S. No. 710 - Marine ply.

212 | P a g e

25. I. S. No. 3087 -1965. Wood particle boards (Medium density)

26. I. S. No. 848 -1974. Specification for synthetic resin adhesives for

plywood (Phenolic & Aminoplastic)

27. I. S. No. 2046 - 1969. Specification for decorative laminate.

28. I. S. No.8273-1976.Fibrous gypsum plaster boards.

29. I. S. No.2095-1964.Gypsum plaster boards.

30. I. S. No. 2542 (part I) - 1978. gypsum plaster concrete and products, methods of test for part I

- plaster and concrete.

31. I. S. No. 8272 - 1976. gypsum plaster for use in the manufacture of fibrous plaster boards.

32. I. S. No.2441-1963.Fixing coiling coverings code of practice for.

33. I. S. No.2835-1977.Specification for flat transparent sheet glass.

34. I. S. No. 2395 (Part I) - 1966

2395 (Part II) - 1967 Painting to concretes, masonry, plaster surfaces code of practice for part - I operation and

workmanship part II schedule.

35. I. S. No. 3548 - 1966. Glazing in building code of practice for.

36. I. S. No. 6278 - 1971. White washing and colour washing, code for

practice for.

37. I. S. No. 137 - 1965. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing,

matt or egg shall flat finishing, interior to Indian standards colours as required.


wooden coating, interior to Indian standard colours.

39. I. S. No. 129 - 1950. Specification for enamel interior (a) under

coating (b) finishing

40. I. S. No. 120 - 1950. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing

gray filler for enamel for use over primer.


finishing, interior, oil gloss, for general purposes to Indian standard

colours.

42. I. S. No. 533 - 1973. Specification for gum sprit of turpentine (oil of

turpentine)

43. I. S. No. 101 - 1964. Methods of test for ready mixed paints and

enamel.

44. I. S. No. 75 - 1973. Specification for linseed oil, and refined.

213 | P a g e

45. I. S. No. 77 - 1976. Specification for linseed oil, boiled for paint.

46. I. S. No. 124 (part I) - 1976. Specification for ready mixed paint

brushing, finishing, semi glosses, for general purpose.

47. I. S. No. 5884 - Specification for woolen carpets.


finishing, zinc chrome primer.

49. I. S. No. 5391 - 1969. Adjustable metal chairs for use of typist and

operators in telephone exchanges.

50. I. S. No. 8756 - 1978. Ball catches for use in wooden almirahs. 51. I. S. No. 3499 - 1976 (part II) chairs for office purposes metal

revolving and tilt in.

52. I. S. No. 5416 - 1969. General purpose wooden chairs methods of test for.

53 I.S. No. 6185 - 1971. High chairs specification and safety

requirements for.

54. I. S. No. 4116 - 1976. Joints used in wooden furniture code of

practice for.

55. I. S. No. 3845 - 1966. Joints used in wooden furniture code of

practice for.

56. I. S. No. 7070 - 1973. Shelving racks wooden (adjustable and non -

adjustable type).

57. I. S. No. 4414 - 1977. Table tops (wooden)

58. I. S. No. 5967 - 1969. Tables, wooden, methods of test for.

59. I. S. No. 3564 - 1975. Door closers (hydraulically regulated)

60. I. S. No. 799 - 1979. Drawer locks, cupboards and box locks.

61. I. S. No. 7981 - (part I) - 1975. glossary of terms relating to builders

hardware - part I locks.

62. I. S. No. 204 - (part I II) 1978. Tower bolts ferrous metals and

nonferrous metals.

NB : The various items to be used in the interior decoration

work shall be of BRANDED manufactures of market leaders above clause is

only for specifying ISI standards.

.

214 | P a g e

Technicalspecification

Type :A –Resort

1. SITE PREPARATION:

A.Settingout Location

Allthecomponentsincludingcottages,restaurants,conservation

/bufferanddevelopmentzoneswillneedtobemarkedon sitetakingtherestaurantasreferencepointoneastern

coastof beel.Thesettingoutwillneedtobecheckedandapprovedby thearchitect.

B.CleaningSite/s

Allthemarkedlocationswillneedtobecleanedofunwanted bushes/stones/twigs/deadlogs

C.Ramming/Leveling

Onlythelocationpointswithdiameter900mmforpointfoundationwillbeleveledandrammedforexcavation.

D.Trees

NOexistingtreesofdiameter(>100mm)willbepruned/ cut/relocatedfromexistinglocation.Ifany

conflictariseswith placementofbuiltcomponents,thebuiltcomponentswillbe

relocatedandshiftedafterdiscussionwitharchitects.

2.EXCAVATION&FOUNDATION

A. Excavation

1. Allthepointsoffoundationwillbesetasper drawing.

2. Earthwillbedugatfoundationpointstoadepthof500 mm

andEarthwillbedensifiedandleveledtoadepthof 350mm.

3. Theexcavationdepthwillbe500mmfromtheleveled

ground.Afterrammingthefoundationbase,100mm deepsmallcrushedstonebedwillbelaid.Baseshouldbe

compactedandleveledthroughouttheexcavatedarea.

B. Point Foundation

1. Aconcrete baseof dia500mmx400mmwillbesetin thefoundation withametalcap12mmthick

ofdia400 mm.

2. TheEarthwillbefilled andlevelledaftersecuredfixingof steelpipes tothemetalplates.

3.STRUCTURE

Thestructureofthecottageisdividedintotwoparts;Sub-Structure andSuper-Structure

215 | P a g e

A. SubStructure

1. TheSubStructureofthecottagewilltakecareofload transfers fromthedecktotheground.Thefinished

surfaceofthedeck israisedataheightof1200mmfrom groundlevel.

.

2. Thepipeswillhavetobecutinaworkshopoffsite(not ontheisland)andassembledatsitetofixittopoint

foundationatangle(refertothedrawings)Calculations

forstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineering consultants.

3. Thepipeswillbebolt-joined(andnotweld)toametal plateconnectorfixedontheconcretefoundationas

perstructural drawings.Thestructural gridwillbeof 1600mm x1600mm ata heightof850mm(refertothe

drawings)Calculations forstructuraldetailstobedone bystructuralengineeringconsultants.

4. Thesteelgridwillbecrossbracedattheundersurfaceof

deckforstructuralstability.Calculationsforstructural

detailstobedonebystructuralengineeringconsultants.

B.SuperStructure

COLUMN

1. Thecolumns aremadeupofacompositesystemofMS Steel andSalWoodasshownintheplan.

2. Thecrossshapedmetal section(200mmx200mm)will have4blocksofSalwood(100mm

x100mm)onallfour quadrantsofmetalsection.

3. Thecolumnswillbeboltedtothestructuralsystembelow

thedeckthroughametalplateconnector(asperstructuralspecificationanddrawings).

RINGBEAM

Thecolumnswillbetiedataheightof2800mwitha woodenlintelbeam.Thesectionwillbesalwoodsection

of sizeis150x150mm,cutatanangleaccordingto theslopeoftheroofunderside.

4. FLOORING A.Structure

1. ThedeckwillbelaidoutonMSL-Section75mmx35mm laidattheedgeofthebuildinggridwithfinishsurfaceat

heightof1200mmfromgroundlevel.Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineeringconsult

ants. TherewillbesecondaryMST-sections100mmx35mm placedatdistanceof700mmc-conthegrid.

2. Theprimarylayerintheflooringofdeckwillconsistof

durablewoodenplanks(hardwood),size300mmx700mmx-

38mm.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

B.Finish

216 | P a g e

DECK

1. Alltheopenareasonthedeckhaveteakwoodflooring (or similarquality).

2. Thesizeoftheplankswillbe300mmx700mmx38mm

with5mmwithgroovesonexposedsurfaceataregulardistanceof8mm.(refertopicturesinmaterialpalette)

3. Teakwood(sameasflooring)skirting, 400mmhighand38

mmthickwillbefixedtotheexternalsurfaceofthewallsat edgesofthedeck.

A.Bathrooms

Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkin

dus- trialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedoverthe

planks.50mmLimecretebed.Thebaselayerwillbe. Allthewetanddryareasonthefloorinbathroomwillbe

finishedwithsmallceramictiles50mmx50mmx10mmsetin

limemortarbedof50mmthickness,preparedforfinishes withtermitetreatmentandwaterproofing,asper

drawings fromarchitects.BathroomCounterstobemadeof50mmthkselfsupporting

limecreteslabwithbeetel nutsembeddedin15mmthkraisin.

B.Bedrooms

Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkin

dus- trialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedoverthe planks.

Allthefloorsurfacesinthebedroomfinishedwithterracotta)claytiles,size150mm x150mm

x20mmsetinlimemortarasper patternindicatedindrawingsfromarchitects).A150mm x20mmterracotta

skirtingwillbefixedtothewallat flooredges.

C.Externalopenbathroom

Floortobefinished withsmallsize driverpebbles(dia10mm

to50mm),ontopofabedoflargestoneslaidonrammed earth.

6.STAIRCASEandRAMP

1. Thefinishforthestaircasetobedonewithsamespecifications

ofwoodenplanksfordeck.Sizeofplankstobekeptequalto thesizeofthetreadandriser.

2. Antiskidgroovestobeprovidedonexposedsurfaceofthe treads.

3. 20mm diasemicirculartimbernosingtobenailedtothetread asper detail.

4. Theramptobelaidoutataslopeof1:20asperthedrawing.First5000mmoframptofollowthesame

specificationoffinishingofthedeck.Therampwillmergewiththegreenmound

climbinguptothecottageasshowninthedrawing.

5. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledon staircase,rampandthedeckasper

thedesignandlayoutwith anoffsetof75mmfromouteredge.

6.

Teakwoodhandrailsection,size100X35mm,tobemanufacturedandinstalledonstaircase,rampandt

hedeckasper the designandlayout



217 | P a g e

7.WALLS

EkraWallsThewallcomposed ofsalwoodframework;bambooslitswith

reednetandfinishedwithlimeplaster.

1. Theprimaryframeworkwillbemadeof 150mmx75mmSal woodframeplacedatadistanceof600mmc-

cvertically.SecondarySalwoodframesof size75mmx75mmtobeplacedin

mainframe,flushedtotheinternaledgeofthevertical joists,as perpatternindicatedindrawings.

2. MetalCablecross-bracingstobeprovidedfortheouterframe

ofthewallandneartheedgeofdoor/windowsasindicatedin thedrawings.

3. Thewoodenframeworkwillhaveaninfillofbamboo slitsand

reed.2layersofekraframeworkwillbemade,internaland external,bothattheinner

andouteredgeofthehorizontal secondarysalwoodframework.Ineach,bambooslitswillbe

arrangedparalleltoeachotherintheframe,fixedin6mmd50mmdeepgrooves,atadistanceof20mmc-

c.

4. 10mmdiareedstickswillbecrisscrossedinandoutalongthe bambooslits.Please refertodetail

drawingsforarrangement and patternofreed.

5. Theinternalwallisfinishedwith12mmthklimeplastermixed

withnaturalseedoil.Plastertobeflushedthroughoutthewall.

6. Theexternalwalltobefinishedwith3mmroughlimeplaster

lightwashmixedwithnaturalpigmentsandnaturalseedoil.

7. allframeworktobeboltedtothedeckatthebase,columnsat thesides,andlintelbeamsontop.

8. Thewallsectionshouldnotbe100%solidleavingscopeforair

flowfromoutsidetoavoidhumidconditionsintherooms.

9. Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitects

fromteamofcontractors/consultants. Internalwalls

Internalwallsofbathroomstobemade100mmthicksandwich plywoodpartitions. Thewoodenpartitions

willbefixedtoMS boxsections70mmx70mmframedas perdrawing.

Externalbathroomwall

Wall tobemadeofbakedbricksarrangedinajaalipattern.

9.DOORS

1. Framework:Alltheframesfordoorstobemanufacturedofsal woodaspersizeanddetailsindoorschedule.

2. Shutters:AsperDoorSchedule

3. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coatsofmelamine

polish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingthetimber doors.

8.WINDOWS 1. Framework:AlltheframesforwindowstobemanufacturedinSaltimber sections85mmx85mmas

perdetailinwindow schedule.Theframewillbeboltedtothemainwallframework.

Detailstobefollowedasspecifiedinthedrawingsfromthe

218 | P a g e

architects.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

2.Shuttersforfoldingwindow:Theteakwoodshutterstobe

manufacturedandfixedtotimberframeworkfixedwithsingle

glazing(5mmthick)asperdetail.Theglasswillbesealedto

shutterswithwhitesilicon.Thetimberchannelswillallowslidingandfoldingof500mm wideshutters

(foldingoutside)

3. OtherShutters:Asperwindowschedule

4.Ventilators:Allventilators(openingoutwards)willbefixed with5mmthicktranslucentglassin

woodenframeboltedto themainwallframework,asperwindowschedule.

5.Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats

ofmelaminepolish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingtheshutters.

6. Windowcillstobemadeasteakwood

seatings600mmwide,50mmthk(lengthasspecifiedindrawings)supportedby

triangulartimberjoists50mmthk.Sizeanddetailofjoistsas specifiedindrawings.

10.ROOF A. Structure

1. ThePrimaryBeamstructureofrooftobelaidoutinSalwood beams(300mmdeepx150mm wide)asper

thedrawing.Each beamwillbeclampedtoaMST-section(6mmthick)andsize

150mmx75mmasperthestructuraldrawings.Thebeamswill restonthelintelbeam onedges.

2. SecondarybeamoftherooftobeoutinSalwoodbeams (50mmdeepx80mmwide)asper

thedrawing.Eachbeamwill beclampedtoaMSL-

section(6mmthick)andsize50mmx75mmasperthestructuraldrawings.

3. Thenextlayerwillbe20mmSalwoodplanks(1200mmx600

mm)fixedtotheprimarybeamsandsecondarybeam structure.

4. Nextwillbetwo coats ofspecifiedwaterproofing.

5. FinalfinishofNaturalcolorterracottatileSize200mmx400mm tobefixedwithwoodenhooksasper details.

B.Finish

1. Claytilesinnaturalcolour,size200mm x400mm,willbepro- curedandlaidasper

detailontopofwoodenrafters.Alternate solutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitectsfromteam

ofcontractors/consultants.

2. Nogapstobeleftwhilelayingclaytilesandaminimumover- lapof20mmtobeconsideredwhilelayingtiles. C.FalseCeiling

1. Bedroom:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,asshownin

materialpalette,willbefixedontoatimbergrid,withmembers

50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsizeforwoodenframewillbe

600mmx600mmwithsetbacksfromeavesasperdrawings romthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbefixed300

mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpointsasper drawings.

2. Bathroom:Thefalseceilingwillbeinstalledataclear heightof3200 mmfromffl.Mineral

fiberboardsfinishedwithPoPwillbehungonanaluminumframevia nyloncables.

D.Gutters

ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtothe roofedgesasspecifiedinthedrawings.

219 | P a g e

E.Insulation

Nailthelayerof30mmthickglasswoolinsulationunder sideoftheplywood sheeting.Finish bycoveringthe

fromthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbefixed300 mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpointsasper drawings.



D.Gutters

ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtothe roofedgesasspecifiedinthedrawings. E.Insulation


TYPE B

1.ACCESSTOSITE

BrahmaputraRiver front (Destination Development of Brahmaputra River front and cruise vessel on Brahmaputra, Assam) Beautification of riverfront Brahmaputra at Guwahati (civil, sanitary, water supply & electrification Work)

ProcuringMaterials

AllthematerialsspecifiedintheBillof Quantitieswillbepro- curedbythecontractorsasper

agreementandtransportedto siteviaexistingbridgeanddyke alongthebeel.NOnewroad/

bridgetobeconstructedforaccess/transportationoflabour

andmaterialtothesiteofdevelopment.Allthematerialsand

constructionsitewillberequiredtobesecuredandprotected from anynatural/man made disasteronsite. 2.SITEPREPARATION A.SettingOut LocationforPhase1

Allthecomponentsincludingcottages,restaurants,conservation/bufferanddevelopmentzoneswillneedtob

emarkedon sitetakingtherestaurantasreferencepointoneastern coastof

beel.Thesettingoutwillneedtobecheckedandapprovedby thearchitect.

B.CleaningSite/s

Allthemarkedlocationswillneedtobecleanedofunwanted bushes/stones/twigs/deadlogs

C.Ramming/Leveling

Onlythelocationpointswithdiameter900mmforpointfoundationwillbeleveledandrammedforexcavation.

D.Trees

Noexistingtreesofdiameter(>100mm)willbepruned/ cut/relocatedfromexistinglocation.Ifany

conflictariseswith placementofbuiltcomponents,thebuiltcomponentswillbe

relocatedandshiftedafterdiscussionwitharchitects.

220 | P a g e


A.Excavation


2. Earthwillbedugatfoundationpointstoadepthof500

mmandEarthwillbedensifiedandleveledtoadepthof 350mm.

3. Theexcavationdepthwillbe500mmfromtheleveled

ground.Afterrammingthefoundationbase,100mm

deepsmallcrushedstonebedwillbelaid.Baseshouldbe

compactedandleveledthroughouttheexcavatedarea.

B.Point Foundation

1. Aconcrete baseof dia500mmx400mmwillbesetin thefoundation withametalcap12mmthick ofdia400

mm.

2. TheEarthwillbefilled andleveledaftersecuredfixingof steelpipes tothemetalplates. 4.STRUCTURE Thestructureofthecottageisdividedintotwoparts;Sub-StructureandSuper-Structure

A.SubStructure

1. TheSubStructureofthecottagewilltakecareofload transfersfromthedecktotheground.Thefinished

surfaceofthedeckisraisedataheightof1200mmfrom groundlevel.

3. Thepipeswillhavetobecutinaworkshopoffsite(not ontheisland)andassembledatsitetofixittopoint

foundationatangle(refertothedrawings)Calculations

forstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineering consultants.

B.SuperStructure

COLUMNS

1. Thecolumns aremadeupofacompositesystemofMS Steel andSalWoodasshownintheplan

.

2. Thecrossshapedmetal section(200mmx200mm)will have4blocksofSalwood(100mm x100mm)onallfour

quadrantsofmetalsection.


thedeckthroughametalplateconnector(asperstructuralspecificationanddrawings).

RINGBEAM

Thecolumnswillbetiedataheightof2800mwitha woodenlintelbeam.Thesectionwillbesalwoodsection of

sizesizeis150x150mm,cutatanangleaccordingto theslopeoftheroofunderside.

5.FLOORING A.Structure

1. ThedeckwillbelaidoutonMSL-Section75mmx35mm laidattheedgeofthebuildinggridwithfinishsurfaceat

heightof1200mmfromgroundlevel.Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineeringconsult

ants. TherewillbesecondaryMST-sections100mmx35mm placedatdistanceof700mmc-conthegrid.

221 | P a g e

2. Theprimarylayerintheflooringofdeckwillconsistof

durablewoodenplanks(hardwood),size300mmx700mmx-

38mm.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

B.Finish

DECK

1. Alltheopenareasonthedeckhaveteakwoodflooring.(or similarquality).

2. Thesizeoftheplankswillbe300mmx700mmx38mm

with5mmwithgroovesonexposedsurfaceataregulardistanceof8mm.(refertopicturesinmaterialpalette)

3. Teakwood(sameasflooring)skirting, 400mmhighand38

mmthickwillbefixedtotheexternalsurfaceofthewallsat edgesofthedeck.

A. Bathrooms

Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof

38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmtykeindustrialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretched

overthe planks.50mmLimecretebed.Thebaselayerwillbe.

Allthewetanddryareasonthefloorinbathroomwillbe

finishedwithsmallceramictiles50mmx50mmx10mmsetin

limemortarbedof50mmthickness,preparedforfinishes withtermitetreatmentandwaterproofing,asper

drawings fromarchitects.

BathroomCounterstobemadeof50mmthkselfsupporting limecreteslabwithbeetel

nutsembeddedin15mmthkraisin.

B.Bedrooms

Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof

38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkindus-

trialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedoverthe planks.

Allthefloorsurfacesinthebedroomfinishedwithterracotta)claytiles,size150mm x150mm

x20mmsetinlimemortarasper patternindicatedindrawingsfromarchitects). A 150mm x20mmterracotta

skirtingwillbefixedtothewallat flooredges.

C.Externalopenbathroom

Floortobefinished withsmallsizedriverpebbles(dia10mm

to50mm),ontopofabedoflargestoneslaidonrammed earth.

D.SittingRoom

Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38

mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkindustrial

rubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedovertheplanks.

Allthefloorsurfacesinthesittingroomfinishedwithlimecrete as perdetail. A150mm x20mmterracotta

skirtingwillbefixed tothewallatflooredges. 6.STAIRCASEandRAMP 1. Thefinishforthestaircasetobedonewithsamespecifications

222 | P a g e

ofwoodenplanksfordeck.Sizeofplankstobekeptequalto thesizeofthetreadandriser.

2. Antiskidgroovestobeprovidedonexposedsurfaceofthe treads.

3. 20mm diasemicirculartimbernosingtobenailedtothetread asper detail.

4. Theramptobelaidoutataslopeof1:20asperthedrawing.

First5000mmoframptofollowthesamespecificationoffinishingofthedeck.Therampwillmergewiththegree

nmound climbinguptothecottageasshowninthedrawing.



6.

Teakwoodhandrailsection,size100X35mm,tobemanufacturedandinstalledonstaircase,rampandt

hedeckasper the designandlayout



7.WALLS

EkraWalls

Thewallcomposed ofsalwoodframe work,bambooslitswith reednetandfinishedwithlimeplaster.

1. The Primary frame work would be made of 150mmX75mm Sal frame placed at a

distance of 600mm c-c vertically secondarySalwoodframesof

size75mmx75mmtobeplacedin mainframe,flushedtotheinternaledgeofthevertical

joists,as perpatternindicatedindrawings.

2. MetalCablecross-bracingstobeprovidedfortheouterframe

ofthewallandneartheedgeofdoor/windowsasindicatedin thedrawings.

3. Thewoodenframeworkwillhaveaninfillofbamboo slitsand

reed.2layersofekraframeworkwillbemade,internaland external,bothattheinner

andouteredgeofthehorizontal secondarysalwoodframework.Ineach,bamboo

slitswillbe arrangedparalleltoeachotherintheframe,fixedin6mmdia,

50mmdeepgrooves,atadistanceof20mmc-c.

4. 10mmdiareedstickswillbecrisscrossedinandoutalongthe bambooslits.Please

refertodetail drawingsforarrangement and patternofreed.

5. Theinternalwallbefinishedwith12mmthklimeplastermixed

withnaturalseedoil.Plastertobeflushedthroughoutthewall.

6. Theexternalwalltobefinishedwith3mmroughlimeplaster

lightwashmixedwithnaturalpigmentsandnaturalseedoil.

7. Wallframeworktobeboltedtothedeckatthebase,columnsat

thesides,andlintelbeamsontop.



9. Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitects

fromteamofcontractors/consultants.

Internalwalls

Internalwallsofbathroomstobemade100mmthicksandwich plywoodpartitions.

Thewoodenpartitions willbefixedtoMS boxsections70mmx70mmframedas

perdrawing.

Externalbathroomwall

223 | P a g e

Tobemadeofbakedbricksarrangedinajaalipattern.

8.WINDOWS

1. Framework:Alltheframesforwindowstobemanufactured inSaltimber sections85mmx85mmas

perdetailinwindow schedule.Theframewillbeboltedtothemainwallframework.

Detailstobefollowedasspecifiedinthedrawingsfromthe

architects.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with

architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

2. Shuttersforfoldingwindow:Theteakwoodshutterstobe

manufacturedandfixedtotimberframeworkfixedwithsingle

glazing(5mmthick)asperdetail.Theglasswillbesealedtoshutterswithwhitesilicon.Thetimberchannels

willallowslid- ingandfoldingof500mm wideshutters(foldingoutside)


4. Ventilators:Allventilators(openingoutwards)willbefixed with5mmthicktranslucentglassin

woodenframeboltedto themainwallframework,asperwindowschedule.

5. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats ofmelaminepol-

ish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingtheshutters.

6. Windowcillstobemadeasteakwood seatings600mmwide,

50mmthk(lengthasspecifiedindrawings)supportedby

triangulartimberjoists50mmthk.Sizeanddetailofjoistsas specifiedindrawings. 9.DOORS

1. Framework:Alltheframesfordoorstobemanufacturedofsal woodaspersizeanddetailsindoorschedule.


3. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coatsofmelamine

polish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingthetimber doors. 10.ROOF

A. Structure

1. ThePrimaryBeamstructureofrooftobelaidoutinSalwood beams(300mmdeepx150mm wide)asper

thedrawing.Each beamwillbeclampedtoaMST-section(6mmthick)andsize

150mmx75mmasperthestructuraldrawings.Thebeamswill restonthelintelbeam onedges.

2. SecondarybeamoftherooftobeoutinSalwoodbeams (50mmdeepx80mmwide)asper

thedrawing.Eachbeamwill beclampedtoaMSL-section(6mmthick)andsize50mmx

5mmasperthestructuraldrawings.

3. Thenextlayerwillbe20mmSalwoodplanks(1200mmx600

mm)fixedtotheprimarybeamsandsecondarybeam structure.

4. Nextwillbetwo coats ofspecifiedwaterproofing.

5. FinalfinishofNaturalcolorterracottatileSize200mmx400mm tobefixedwithwoodenhooksasper details

B.Finish

1. Claytilesinnaturalcolour,size200mm x400mm,will beprocuredandlaidasper

detailontopofwoodenrafters.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with

architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

2. Nogapstobeleftwhilelayingclaytilesandaminimum overlapof20mmtobeconsideredwhilelayingtiles. C.FalseCeiling

1. Bedroom:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,asshown inmaterialpalette,willbefixedontoatimbergrid,with

members50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsizeforwooden framewillbe600mmx600mm

224 | P a g e

withsetbacksfromeaves asperdrawingsfromthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbe

fixed300mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpointsasper drawings.



3. Sittingroom:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,as showninmaterialpalette,willbefixedontoatimber

grid,withmembers50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsize forwoodenframewillbe600mmx600mm

withsetbacks

fromeavesasperdrawingsfromthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbefixed300mmabovethepaper,atstrategic

pointsasper drawings.

D.Gutters

ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtothe roofedgesasspecifiedinthedrawings. E.Insulation


insulationwithtreatedbamboomatinbet

1. ACCESSTOSITE

Island

MerbeelIsland, initscurrentsituationisaccessiblethroughout phase1via theexistingkuchcharoadwhich

connectsitwiththemainlandonnorth westernside(refer

fig1).Theroadbridgewillbedismantledandthenew bridgewillbeinstalledinthefuturephasesasper

thevision/masterplan.

Procuring Materials

AllthematerialsspecifiedintheBillof Quantitieswillbeprocuredbythe contractorsasper

agreementandtransportedtositeviaexistingbridgeand

dykealongthebeel.NOnewroad/bridgetobeconstructedforaccess/ transportationoflabour

andmaterialtothesiteofdevelopment.Allthe

materialsandconstructionsitewillberequiredtobesecuredandprotected from

anynatural/manmadedisasteronsite. 2.SITEPREPARATION

A.SettingOut Locationof project.

Thesettingoutwillneedtobecheckedand approvedbythearchitect.

B.CleaningSites

Allthemarkedlocationswillneedtobecleanedofunwantedbushes/ stones/twigs/deadlogs

C.Ramming/Leveling

D.Trees

NOexistingtreesofdiameter(>100mm)willbepruned/cut/relocated

fromexistinglocation.Ifanyconflictariseswithplacementofbuiltcomponents,thebuiltcomponentswillberel

ocatedandshiftedafterdiscussion witharchitects.


225 | P a g e

Excavation


2. Earthwillbedugatfoundationpointstoadepthof500mmand

Earthwillbedensifiedandleveledtoadepthof350mm.

3. Theexcavationdepthwillbe500mmfromtheleveledground.After

rammingthefoundationbase,100mmdeepsmallcrushedstonebed

willbelaid.Baseshouldbecompactedandleveledthroughoutthe excavatedarea.

Point Foundation

1. Aconcrete baseof dia500mmx400mmwillbesetinthefoundation

withametalcap12mmthickofdia400mm.

2. TheEarthwillbefilled andleveledaftersecuredfixingof steelpipes tothemetalplates.

4.STRUCTURE

ThestructureoftheRestaurantDeckisdividedintotwoparts;Sub- StructureandSuper-Structure

SubStructure

1. TheSubStructureoftheRestaurantDeckwilltakecareofload

transfersfromthedecktotheground.Thefinishedsurfaceofthe

deckisraisedataheightof1200mmfromgroundlevel.

2. Thepipeswillhavetobecutinaworkshopoffsite(notonthe island)andassembledatsitetofix

ittopointfoundationatangle (refertothedrawings)Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobe

donebystructuralengineeringconsultants.

3. Thepipeswillbebolt-joined(andnotweld)toametalplate

connectorfixedontheconcretefoundationasperstructural drawings.Thestructural

gridwillbeofaccordingtothestructuraldrawing

ataheightof850mm(refertothedrawings)Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengine

ering consultants.

4. Thesteelgridwillbecrossbracedattheundersurfaceofdeck

forstructuralstability.Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobe donebystructuralengineeringconsultants

SuperStructure

COLUMNS

1. ThecolumnsaremadeupofacompositesystemofMSSteel andSalWoodasshownintheplan.

2. Thecrossshapedmetal section(200mmx200mm)will have4blocksofSalwood(100mm

x100mm)onallfour quadrantsofmetalsection.


thedeckthroughametalplateconnector(asperstructural specificationanddrawings).

RINGBEAM

Thecolumnswillbetiedataheightof2800mwithawooden

lintelbeam.Thesectionwillbesalwoodsectionofsizeis

150x150mm,cutatanangleaccordingtotheslopeoftheroof underside. 5.FLOORING

A.Structure

1. ThedeckwillbelaidoutonMSL-Section75mmx35mmlaid

attheedgeofthebuildinggridwithfinishsurfaceatheightof

1200mmfromgroundlevel.Calculationsforstructuraldetails

tobedonebystructuralengineeringconsultants.Therewillbe secondaryMST-

sections100mmx35mmplacedatdistanceof 700mmc-conthegrid.

2. Theprimarylayerintheflooringofdeckwillconsistofdurable

226 | P a g e

woodenplanks(hardwood),size300mmx700mmx38mm.

Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussionwitharchitectsfrom teamofcontractors/consultants.

B.Finish

RestaurantDeck

1. Alltheopenareasonthedeckhaveteakwoodflooring.(orsimilar quality).

2. Thesizeoftheplankswillbe300mmx700mmx38mmwith

5mmwithgroovesonexposedsurfaceataregulardistanceof 8mm.(refertopicturesinmaterialpalette)

3. Teakwood(sameasflooring)skirting, 400mmhighand38mm

thickwillbefixedtotheexternalsurfaceofthewallsatedgesof thedeck.

ToiletandKitchen

0.100”to0.375” StainlessSteelSkid-freeFloorPlateswillbefixed totheSubstructureusingclamps.

BathroomCounterstobemadeof50mmthkselfsupporting

limecreteslabwithbeetelnutsembeddedin15mmthkraisin.

Café,ShopandGuardRoom

Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38mm

woodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkindustrialrubber mats(1200

mmwide)willbestretchedovertheplanks.

Allthefloorsurfacesinthebedroomfinishedwithterracotta) claytiles,size150mm x150mm

x20mmsetinlimemortar as per patternindicatedindrawingsfromarchitects).A150mmx20mm terracotta

skirtingwillbefixedtothewallatflooredges.

6.STAIRCASEandRAMP

1. Thefinishforthestaircasetobedonewithsamespecificationsof

woodenplanksfordeck.Sizeofplankstobekeptequaltothesizeof thetreadandriser.

2. Antiskidgrooves tobeprovidedonexposedsurfaceofthetreads.

3. 20mm diasemicirculartimbernosingtobenailedtothetreadas perdetail.

4. Theramptobelaidoutataslopeof1:20asperthedrawing.First

5000mmoframptofollowthesamespecificationoffinishingofthe

deck.Therampwillmergewiththegreenmoundclimbinguptothe RestaurantDeckasshowninthedrawing.

5. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledonstair- case,rampandthedeckasper

thedesignandlayoutwithanoffsetof 75mmfromouteredge.

6. Teakwoodhandrailsection,size100X35mm,tobemanufactured

andinstalledonstaircase,rampandthedeckasper thedesignand layout

7. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledonstair- case,rampandthedeckasper

thedesignandlayoutwithanoffsetof 75mmfromouteredge. 8.WALLS

EkraWalls

Thewallcomposed ofsalwoodframework,bambooslitswithreed netandfinishedwithlimeplaster.

1. Theprimaryframeworkwillbemadeof 150mmx75mmSalwood frameplaced atadistanceof600mmc-

cvertically.SecondarySal woodframesof size75mmx75mmtobeplacedinmainframe,

flushedtotheinternaledgeoftheverticaljoists,asperpatternindicatedindrawings.

2. MetalCablecross-bracingstobeprovidedfortheouterframeofthe

wallandneartheedgeofdoor/windowsasindicatedinthedrawings.

3. Thewoodenframeworkwillhaveaninfillofbamboo slitsandreed.

227 | P a g e

2layersofekraframeworkwillbemade,internalandexternal,both attheinner

andouteredgeofthehorizontalsecondarysalwood framework.Ineach,bamboo

slitswillbearrangedparalleltoeach otherintheframe,fixedin6mmdia,50mmdeepgrooves,ata

distanceof20mmc-c.

4. 10mmdiareedstickswillbecrisscrossedinandoutalongthe bambooslits.Please refertodetail

drawingsforarrangementand patternofreed.

5. Theinternalwallbefinishedwith12mmthklimeplastermixed withnaturalseed

oil.Plastertobeflushedthroughoutthewall.

6. Theexternalwalltobefinishedwith3mmroughlimeplasterlight

washmixedwithnaturalpigmentsandnaturalseedoil.

7. Wallframeworktobeboltedtothedeckatthebase,columnsatthe sides,andlintelbeamsontop.



9. Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitectsfrom teamofcontractors/consultants.

CaféWall-TimberSlats

1. Theprimaryframeworkwillbemadeof 100mm x200mmSal

woodframe(forplacementpleaserefertodrawing). SecondarySal woodframesof size100mm

x200mmtobeplacedinmainframe, flushedtotheinternaledgeoftheverticaljoists,asperpattern

indicatedindrawings.

2. VerticalTeakwoodSlats50mmx50mmwillbefixedtotheframe- workexternallyat100mmc-

cuptoaheightof750mm,200mm c-cfrom750-RoofBeam.(Pleaserefertodrawings)

InternalToiletandKitchenwalls

1. Theinternalpartition wallswillbemadeof8mmthickopaque glassfixedwoodenframeworkby

stainlesssteelclamps.(please refertodrawings)

2. Theinternaltoiletwallswillbefinishedwith8mmthickClear glassuptoaheightof1500

mmfromthefinishedfloorlevel.The parapetwalluptoaheightof900mmfortheconcealedcistern

willbefinishedwith8mmthicksandwichedglasswithhandmade paper/textile.

3. Theinternalwallsinthekitchenwillbefinishedwith2mmthick stainlessdeco-panelsuptoaheightof1500

mm.(Pleasereferto drawings).

9.WINDOWS

1. Framework: Alltheframesforwindowstobemanufactured inSaltimber sections85mmx85mmas

perdetailinwindowschedule.Theframewill

beboltedtothemainwallframework.Detailstobefollowedasspecified

inthedrawingsfromthearchitects.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefor discussion

witharchitectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

2.

Shuttersforfoldingwindow:Theteakwoodshutterstobemanufacturedandfixedtotimberframeworkfixedwit

hsingleglazing(5mm

thick)asperdetail.Theglasswillbesealedtoshutterswithwhitesilicon.Thetimberchannelswillallowslidingand

foldingof500mmwide shutters (foldingoutside)


4. Ventilators: Allventilators (openingoutwards)willbefixedwith5mm thicktranslucentglassin

woodenframeboltedtothemainwallframe- work,asperwindowschedule.

5. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats ofmelaminepolish/anti

termitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixing theshutters.

228 | P a g e

6. Windowcillstobemadeasteakwoodseatings600mmwide,50mmthk

(lengthasspecifiedindrawings)supportedbytriangulartimberjoists

50mmthk.Sizeanddetailofjoistsasspecifiedindrawings.

10. DOORS

1. Framework: Alltheframesfordoorstobemanufacturedofsalwoodas persizeanddetailsindoorschedule.


3. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats ofmelaminepolish/anti

termitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixing thetimberdoors.

11. ROOF

A.Structure

1. ThePrimaryBeamstructureofrooftobelaidoutinSalwoodbeams (300mmdeepx150mm wide)aser

thedrawing.Eachbeamwillbe clampedtoaMST-section(6mmthick)andsize150mmx75mmasper

thestructural drawings.Thebeamswillrestonthelintelbeam onedges.

2. SecondarybeamoftherooftobeoutinSalwoodbeams(50mmdeep x80mmwide)asper

thedrawing.EachbeamwillbeclampedtoaMSL-

section(6mmthick)andsize50mmx75mmasperthestructural drawings.

3. Thenextlayerwillbe20mmSalwoodplanks(1200mm x 600mm)

fixedtotheprimarybeamsandsecondarybeam structure.

4. Nextwillbetwocoats ofspecifiedwaterproofing.

5. Finalfinishof Naturalcolorterracottatile Size200mm x 400mm tobe fixedwithwoodenhooksasper details.

B.Finish

1. Claytilesinnaturalcolour,size200mm x400mm,willbeprocured andlaidasper

detailontopofwoodenrafters.Alternatesolutionsare welcomefordiscussion

witharchitectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.

2. Nogapstobeleftwhilelayingclaytilesandaminimumoverlapof20 mmtobeconsideredwhilelayingtiles.

C.FalseCeiling

RestaurantandShop:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,asshown

inmaterialpalette,willbefixedontoatimbergrid,withmembers

50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsizeforwoodenframewillbe1000mmx-

1000mmwithsetbacksfromeavesasperdrawingsfromthearchitects.

Lightfixtureswillbefixed300mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpoints asper drawings.

D.Gutters

ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtotheroofedgesas specifiedinthedrawings.

E.Insulation

Nailthelayerof30mmthickglasswoolinsulationundersideoftheply- woodsheeting. Finish

bycoveringtheinsulationwithtreatedbamboo.

229 | P a g e

Minutes of the meeting of Tender Committee od Assam State Transport Corporation held on

…………..at……pm in the……………

Annexure -I

Availability of key items of Contractor’s Equipment (Requirement) :-

Item of Equipment Requirement Availability Proposals

Remarks

(from whom

to be

purchased)

No. Capacity Owned/Leased

to be Procured

Nos.

/Capacity Age/Con

dition

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RMC 1

Concrete Vibrator 2

Welding Machine 2

Cube Test Machine

(Complete kit) 2

Sieve Analysis

(Complete kit) 2

Concrete Hammer 2

Concrete Mixer

Machine 2

Excavator, Truck &

Dumper 2

Lader 2

Others L/S

Water tanker 1

Annexure -II

Qualifications and experience of key personnel :-

Position Name Qualification Year of Experience

1 2 3 4

Site Engineer/project manager 1

AE( Civil) 7 years

Quality Control Engineer. 2 JE(Civil) 5 years

Electrical Engineer 1 JE (Electrical) 5 years

230 | P a g e

Other Staff 2 H.S 3 years

Date post:	05-Aug-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	10 times
Download:	0 times